Procedures for Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees; Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2008, 49749-49773 [2012-20203]
Download as PDF
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
communicate with individual landing
stations during hoist use.
(xv) When sinking shafts 75 feet
(22.86 m) or less in depth, cages, skips,
and buckets that may swing, bump, or
snag against shaft sides or other
structural protrusions shall be guided by
fenders, rails, ropes, or a combination of
those means.
(xvi) When sinking shafts more than
75 feet (22.86 m) in depth, all cages,
skips, and buckets shall be rope or rail
guided to within a rail length from the
sinking operation.
(xvii) Cages, skips, and buckets in all
completed shafts, or in all shafts being
used as completed shafts, shall be rope
or rail-guided for the full length of their
travel.
(xviii) Wire rope used in load lines of
material hoists shall be capable of
supporting, without failure, at least five
times the maximum intended load or
the factor recommended by the rope
manufacturer, whichever is greater.
Refer to § 1926.552(c)(14)(iii) of this part
for design factors for wire rope used in
personnel hoists. The design factor shall
be calculated by dividing the breaking
strength of wire rope, as reported in the
manufacturer’s rating tables, by the total
static load, including the weight of the
wire rope in the shaft when fully
extended.
(xix) A competent person shall
visually check all hoisting machinery,
equipment, anchorages, and hoisting
rope at the beginning of each shift and
during hoist use, as necessary.
(xx) Each safety device shall be
checked by a competent person at least
weekly during hoist use to ensure
suitable operation and safe condition.
(xxi) In order to ensure suitable
operation and safe condition of all
functions and safety devices, each hoist
assembly shall be inspected and loadtested to 100 percent of its rated
capacity: at the time of installation; after
any repairs or alterations affecting its
structural integrity; after the operation
of any safety device; and annually when
in use. The employer shall prepare a
certification record which includes the
date each inspection and load-test was
performed; the signature of the person
who performed the inspection and test;
and a serial number or other identifier
for the hoist that was inspected and
tested. The most recent certification
record shall be maintained on file until
completion of the project.
(xxii) Before hoisting personnel or
material, the operator shall perform a
test run of any cage or skip whenever it
has been out of service for one complete
shift, and whenever the assembly or
components have been repaired or
adjusted.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
(xxiii) Unsafe conditions shall be
corrected before using the equipment.
(4) Additional requirements for
personnel hoists. (i) Hoist drum systems
shall be equipped with at least two
means of stopping the load, each of
which shall be capable of stopping and
holding 150 percent of the hoist’s rated
line pull. A broken-rope safety, safety
catch, or arrestment device is not a
permissible means of stopping under
this paragraph.
(ii) The operator shall remain within
sight and sound of the signals at the
operator’s station.
(iii) All sides of personnel cages shall
be enclosed by one-half inch (12.70 mm)
wire mesh (not less than No. 14 gauge
or equivalent) to a height of not less
than 6 feet (1.83 m). However, when the
cage or skip is being used as a work
platform, its sides may be reduced in
height to 42 inches (1.07 m) when the
conveyance is not in motion.
(iv) All personnel cages shall be
provided with a positive locking door
that does not open outward.
(v) All personnel cages shall be
provided with a protective canopy. The
canopy shall be made of steel plate, at
least 3⁄16-inch (4.763 mm) in thickness,
or material of equivalent strength and
impact resistance. The canopy shall be
sloped to the outside, and so designed
that a section may be readily pushed
upward to afford emergency egress. The
canopy shall cover the top in such a
manner as to protect those inside from
objects falling in the shaft.
(vi) Personnel platforms operating on
guide rails or guide ropes shall be
equipped with broken-rope safety
devices, safety catches or arrestment
devices that will stop and hold 150
percent of the weight of the personnel
platform and its maximum rated load.
(vii) During sinking operations in
shafts where guides and safeties are not
yet used, the travel speed of the
personnel platform shall not exceed 200
feet (60.96 m) per minute. Governor
controls set for 200 feet (60.96 m) per
minute shall be installed in the control
system and shall be used during
personnel hoisting.
(viii) The personnel platform may
travel over the controlled length of the
hoistway at rated speeds up to 600 feet
(182.88 m) per minute during sinking
operations in shafts where guides and
safeties are used.
(ix) The personnel platform may
travel at rated speeds greater than 600
feet (182.88 m) per minute in completed
shafts.
*
*
*
*
*
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49749
Subpart T—Demolition
3. Revise the authority citation for
subpart T of 29 CFR part 1926 to read
as follows:
Authority: 40 U.S.C. 3701; 29 U.S.C. 653,
655, 657; and Secretary of Labor’s Orders 12–
71 (36 FR 8754), 8–76 (41 FR 25059), 9–83
(48 FR 35736), 1–90 (55 FR 9033), 6–96 (62
FR 111), 5–2007 (72 FR 31159), or 1–2012 (77
FR 3912), as applicable.
4. Amend § 1926.856 by revising
paragraph (c) to read as follows:
§ 1926.856 Removal of walls, floors, and
material with equipment.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Cranes, derricks, and other
mechanical equipment used must meet
the requirements specified in subparts
N, O, and CC of this part.
5. Amend § 1926.858 by revising
paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 1926.858
Removal of steel construction.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Cranes, derricks, and other
hoisting equipment used must meet the
requirements specified in subparts N
and CC of this part.
*
*
*
*
*
Subpart DD—[Removed]
6. Remove subpart DD.
[FR Doc. 2012–20170 Filed 8–16–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4510–26–P
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 1
[MD Docket No. 12–201; FCC 12–77]
Procedures for Assessment and
Collection of Regulatory Fees;
Assessment and Collection of
Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2008
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
AGENCY:
The Commission seeks
comment on proposals to reform the
Commission’s policies and procedures
for assessing and collecting regulatory
fees. Extensive changes have occurred
in the communications marketplace,
and in the Commission’s regulatory
efforts, since the Schedule of Regulatory
Fees was enacted by Congress in 1994.
In the period directly following
enactment of the Telecommunications
Act of 1996, industry development and
Commission regulation centered
primarily on wireline local and long
distance communications.
SUMMARY:
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
49750
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Subsequently, however, the mobile
wireless industry has grown
exponentially, shifting Commission
resources to, among other things, the
wireless industry, while the costs of
implementing the 1996
Telecommunications Act decreased.
These changes have produced
corresponding shifts in the
Commission’s regulatory activity. These
shifts in the cost of the Commission’s
activities are not always reflected in our
current regulatory fees. Although the
Commission has made a number of
discrete changes to the regulatory fee
program since 1994, we have not
revised the data on which our fees are
based since 1998, nor have we
undertaken a comprehensive analysis of
all the substantive and procedural
aspects of our regulatory fee program in
light of the current state of the
communications industry. This
proceeding will serve as the means by
which we will seek comment on the
issues related to how the Commission
should allocate its regulatory costs
among different segments of the
communications industry.
DATES: Comments are due September
17, 2012 and reply comments are due
October 16, 2012.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by MD Docket No. 12–201, by
any of the following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
• Federal Communications
Commission’s Web Site: https://
www.fcc.gov/cgb/ecfs. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
• People with Disabilities: Contact the
FCC to request reasonable
accommodations (accessible format
documents, sign language interpreters,
CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov
or phone: 202–418–0530 or TTY: 202–
418–0432.
• Email: ecfs@fcc.gov. Include MD
Docket No. 12–201 in the subject line of
the message.
• Mail: Commercial overnight mail
(other than U.S. Postal Service Express
Mail, and Priority Mail, must be sent to
9300 East Hampton Drive, Capitol
Heights, MD 20743. U.S. Postal Service
first-class, Express, and Priority mail
should be addressed to 445 12th Street
SW., Washington DC 20554.
For detailed instructions for submitting
comments and additional information
on the rulemaking process, see the
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of
this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Roland Helvajian, Office of Managing
Director at (202) 418–0444.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
This is a
summary of the Commission’s Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), FCC 12–
77, MD Docket No. 12–201, adopted on
July 13, 2012 and released on July 17,
2012. The full text of this document is
available for inspection and copying
during normal business hours in the
FCC Reference Center, 445 12th Street
SW., Room CY–A257, Portals II,
Washington, DC 20554, and may also be
purchased from the Commission’s copy
contractor, BCPI, Inc., Portals II, 445
12th Street SW., Room CY–B402,
Washington, DC 20554. Customers may
contact BCPI, Inc. via their Web site,
https://www.bcpi.com, or call 1–800–
378–3160. This document is available in
alternative formats (computer diskette,
large print, audio record, and braille).
Persons with disabilities who need
documents in these formats may contact
the FCC by email: FCC504@fcc.gov or
phone: 202–418–0530 or TTY: 202–418–
0432.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Procedural Matters
A. Ex Parte Information
1. The proceeding this NPRM initiates
shall be treated as a ‘‘permit-butdisclose’’ proceeding in accordance
with the Commission’s ex parte rules.1
Persons making ex parte presentations
must file a copy of any written
presentation or a memorandum
summarizing any oral presentation
within two business days after the
presentation (unless a different deadline
applicable to the Sunshine period
applies). Persons making oral ex parte
presentations are reminded that
memoranda summarizing the
presentation must (1) list all persons
attending or otherwise participating in
the meeting at which the ex parte
presentation was made, and (2)
summarize all data presented and
arguments made during the
presentation. If the presentation
consisted in whole or in part of the
presentation of data or arguments
already reflected in the presenter’s
written comments, memoranda or other
filings in the proceeding, the presenter
may provide citations to such data or
arguments in his or her prior comments,
memoranda, or other filings (specifying
the relevant page and/or paragraph
numbers where such data or arguments
can be found) in lieu of summarizing
them in the memorandum. Documents
shown or given to Commission staff
during ex parte meetings are deemed to
be written ex parte presentations and
must be filed consistent with rule
1.1206(b). In proceedings governed by
1 47
PO 00000
CFR 1.1200 et seq.
Frm 00012
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
rule 1.49(f) or for which the
Commission has made available a
method of electronic filing, written ex
parte presentations and memoranda
summarizing oral ex parte
presentations, and all attachments
thereto, must be filed through the
electronic comment filing system
available for that proceeding, and must
be filed in their native format (e.g., .doc,
.xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf). Participants
in this proceeding should familiarize
themselves with the Commission’s ex
parte rules.
B. Comment Filing Procedures
2. Comments and Replies. Pursuant to
sections 1.415 and 1.419 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 1.415,
1.419, interested parties may file
comments and reply comments on or
before the dates indicated on the first
page of this document. Comments may
be filed using: (1) The Commission’s
Electronic Comment Filing System
(ECFS), (2) the Federal Government’s
eRulemaking Portal, or (3) by filing
paper copies. See Electronic Filing of
Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings,
63 FR 24121 (1998).
• Electronic Filers: Comments may be
filed electronically using the Internet by
accessing the ECFS: https://
fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/ or the Federal
eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov.
• Paper Filers: Parties who choose to
file by paper must file an original and
four copies of each filing. If more than
one docket or rulemaking number
appears in the caption of this
proceeding, filers must submit two
additional copies for each additional
docket or rulemaking number.
Filings can be sent by hand or
messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or
overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All
filings must be addressed to the
Commission’s Secretary, Office of the
Secretary, Federal Communications
Commission.
› All hand-delivered or messengerdelivered paper filings for the
Commission’s Secretary must be
delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445
12th St. SW., Room TW–A325,
Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand
deliveries must be held together with
rubber bands or fasteners. Any
envelopes must be disposed of before
entering the building.
› Commercial overnight mail (other
than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail
and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300
East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights,
MD 20743.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
› U.S. Postal Service first-class,
Express, and Priority mail must be
addressed to 445 12th Street SW.,
Washington DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request
materials in accessible formats for
people with disabilities (braille, large
print, electronic files, audio format),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call
the Consumer & Governmental Affairs
Bureau at 202–418–0530 (voice), 202–
418–0432 (tty).
3. Availability of Documents.
Comments, reply comments, and ex
parte submissions will be available for
public inspection during regular
business hours in the FCC Reference
Center, Federal Communications
Commission, 445 12th Street SW., CY–
A257, Washington, DC 20554. These
documents will also be available free
online, via ECFS. Documents will be
available electronically in ASCII, Word,
and/or Adobe Acrobat.
4. Accessibility Information. To
request information in accessible
formats (computer diskettes, large print,
audio recording, and Braille), send an
email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the
Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202)
418–0530 (voice), (202) 418–0432
(TTY). This document can also be
downloaded in Word and Portable
Document Format (‘‘PDF’’) at: https://
www.fcc.gov.
IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy
of the Small Business Administration.
II. Introduction
D. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
7. Today we seek comment on
proposals to reform the Commission’s
policies and procedures for assessing
and collecting regulatory fees. Extensive
changes have occurred in the
communications marketplace, and in
the Commission’s regulatory efforts,
since the Schedule of Regulatory Fees
was enacted by Congress in 1994. In the
period directly following enactment of
the Telecommunications Act of 1996,
industry development and Commission
regulation centered primarily on
wireline local and long distance
communications. Subsequently,
however, the mobile wireless industry
has grown exponentially, shifting
Commission resources to, among other
things, the wireless industry, while the
costs of implementing the 1996
Telecommunications Act decreased.
Meanwhile, digital and Internet protocol
(IP)-based technologies have enabled
wired and wireless companies, satellite
companies, broadcasters, and cable
television companies to engage in
increased intermodal competition.
8. These changes have produced
corresponding shifts in the
Commission’s regulatory activity. These
shifts in the cost of the Commission’s
activities are not always reflected in our
current regulatory fees. Although the
Commission has made a number of
discrete changes to the regulatory fee
program since 1994, we have not
revised the data on which our fees are
based since 1998, nor have we
undertaken a comprehensive analysis of
all the substantive and procedural
aspects of our regulatory fee program in
light of the current state of the
communications industry. This
proceeding will serve as the means by
which we will undertake that
comprehensive analysis.2
9. This Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (NPRM) seeks comment on
the issues related to how the
Commission should allocate its
regulatory costs among different
segments of the communications
industry. In particular, we seek
comment on:
• What the Overarching Goals of the
Regulatory Fee Program Should Be. We
6. An initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (‘‘IRFA’’) is contained in the
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
section. Comments to the IRFA must be
identified as responses to the IRFA and
filed by the deadlines for comments on
this NPRM. The Commission will send
a copy of this NPRM, including the
2 A number of comments on revising the
regulatory fee program were received in MD Docket
No. 08–65. See Assessment and Collection of
Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2008, MD Docket
No. 08–65, Report and Order and Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, 73 FR 50285 (August 26,
2008) (‘‘FY 2008 Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking’’). We will incorporate those comments
into the record of this proceeding.
C. Initial Paperwork Reduction Act of
1995 Analysis
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
5. This document solicits possible
proposed information collection
requirements. The Commission, as part
of its continuing effort to reduce
paperwork burdens, invites the general
public and the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) to comment on the
possible proposed information
collection requirements contained in
this document, as required by the
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,
Public Law 104–13. In addition,
pursuant to the Small Business
Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public
Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4),
we seek specific comment on how we
might further reduce the information
collection burden for small business
concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49751
propose three goals to guide our
regulatory fee policymaking—fairness,
administrability, and sustainability—
and we seek comment on these goals
and invite commenters to propose
others.
• Regulatory Costs Should Be
Allocated. Section 9 of the
Communications Act requires that
regulatory fees be derived by
determining the number of full-time
equivalent employees (FTEs) performing
certain activities. We propose to change
the way we allocate ‘‘direct’’ and
‘‘indirect’’ FTEs to calculate regulatory
fees. The proposals on which we seek
comment are based on aggregated
bureau-level FTE data, and would
allocate all FTEs in the Wireless
Telecommunications, Media, Wireline
Competition, and International Bureaus
as ‘‘direct’’ and all FTEs in the support
bureaus and offices as ‘‘indirect.’’
• How Current Cost Allocation
Percentages Should Be Revised. We then
look at the cost allocation percentages
that we use now and propose to update
these percentages using current FTE
data derived from the reallocation of
FTEs described above. We set out the
adjustments projected to result from
these updates, examine the impact of
these adjustments on the categories of
fee payors, ask whether and how we
should mitigate the impact of any
substantial fee increases that would
result, and ask whether any other
changes are necessary to ensure an
equitable result.
III. Background
A. Statutory Framework
10. Section 9(a)(1) of the
Communications Act directs the
Commission to collect regulatory fees
‘‘to recover the costs of * * *
enforcement activities, policy and
rulemaking activities, user information
services, and international activities.’’ 3
Section 9(a)(2) stipulates that regulatory
fees for the enumerated activities ‘‘shall
be collected only if, and only in the total
amounts, required in Appropriations
Acts,’’ and must ‘‘be established in
amounts that will result in collection,
during each fiscal year, of an amount
that can reasonably be expected to equal
the amount appropriated for such fiscal
year for the performance of the activities
described in subsection (a).’’ 4 Since FY
2009, Congress has directed the
Commission to assess and collect
regulatory fees under section 9(b)(1)(B)
3 47
4 Id.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
U.S.C. 159(a)(1).
159(a)(2), (b)(1)(B).
17AUP1
49752
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
in an amount equal to the entire amount
appropriated.5
11. Section 9(b) states in general terms
how regulatory fees are to be derived.
Section 9(b)(1)(A) states that fees are to
be calculated by determining the fulltime equivalent number of employees
(FTEs) performing the activities
enumerated in section 9(a)(1) ‘‘within
the three licensing bureaus as they
existed at that time and that formed the
core of our regulatory fee assessment
program, i.e. the Private Radio Bureau,
Mass Media Bureau, and Common
Carrier Bureau.6 FTEs in the other
offices of the Commission are also
calculated, and the fees that result are
adjusted to take into account factors that
are reasonably related to the benefits
provided to the payor of the fee by the
Commission’s activities, including such
factors as service area coverage, shared
use versus exclusive use, and other
factors that the Commission determines
are necessary in the public interest.’’ 7
The Commission issues a notice of
proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the
third quarter of each fiscal year, stating
how it derives the fees for that fiscal
year and proposing the amounts that the
payors in each fee category will be
required to pay in order to offset the
amount of the Commission’s
appropriation for that fiscal year.8 The
Commission issues a report and order
5 See, e.g., Consolidated Appropriations Act,
2012, Public Law 112–74 (Dec. 23, 2011)
(appropriating $339,844,000 and providing ‘‘[t]hat
$339,844,000 of offsetting collections shall be
assessed and collected pursuant to section 9 of title
I of the Communications Act of 1934, [and] shall
be retained and used for necessary expenses in this
appropriation’’). In prior years (FY 2004 through FY
2008), Congress directed the Commission to offset
all but $1 million of its appropriation. See
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2004, Public Law
108–99, 118 Stat. 3 (2004), Consolidated
Appropriations Act, 2005, Public Law 108–447, 118
Stat. 2809, 2908 (2004); Science, State, Justice,
Commerce and Related Agencies Appropriation
Act, 2006, Public Law 109–108, 199 Stat. 2290,
2329–30 (2005); Continuing Appropriations
Resolution, 2007, Public Law 110–5, 121 Stat. 8
(2007); and Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2008,
Public Law 110–161, 121 Stat. 1844, 1998 (2007).
In the Omnibus Appropriations Act, 2009, Public
Law 111–8, 123 Stat. 524, 657 (2009) Congress
required, for the first time that the Commission
collect fees in the full amount of its appropriation.
6 Subsequent to the enactment of section 9 the
Commission reorganized and renamed the Private
Radio Bureau, Mass Media Bureau, and Common
Carrier Bureaus as the Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau, Media Bureau, and
Wireline Competition Bureau respectively.
Regulation of international telecommunications was
transferred from these Bureaus and consolidated
into a new International Bureau. For simplicity and
ease of reference, in this NPRM we will refer to
these four bureaus as the ‘‘core’’ bureaus or the
‘‘core licensing’’ bureaus.
7 47 U.S.C. 159(b)(1)(A).
8 See, e.g., Assessment and Collection of
Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2011, Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, 26 FCC Rcd 7068 (2011)
(‘‘FY 2011 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking’’).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year.9 The report and order sets the
amounts to be paid by all fee payors,
discusses any issues raised in response
to the NPRM and sets out the
procedures for payment of fees.
B. Historic Regulatory Approach
12. Section 9(b)(1)(A) states that
regulatory fees are to recover the costs
of the FTEs performing the regulatory
activities set forth in section 9(a)(1).
Consistent with this statutory
requirement, the Commission’s cost
assessment methodology uses FTEs as
the starting point in determining the
fees regulatees in each fee category will
pay each fiscal year.
13. Although the statute specifies that
FTEs are the basis for calculating
regulatory fees, it does not specify the
precise type of FTE data that must be
used; e.g., whether the Commission
must use employees’ time cards to tally
the time each employee reports as
having been spent on regulating specific
licensees or regulatees, or whether the
Commission may aggregate the work of
FTEs in some other way. In FYs 1997–
1998, the Commission based its FTE
calculations on employee time cards.
This method involved employees’
tracking time by regulatory fee category,
and regulatory fees were then allocated
based on a core bureaus’ relative share
of employee time, both direct
(employees within a core bureau
working on matters related to regulatory
fee categories within that bureau) and
indirect (employees from all bureaus
and offices providing support functions
related to multiple, perhaps even all,
regulatory fee categories). The
Commission abandoned this approach
in FY 1999 because not only did time
card entries prove subjective and
unreliable, but they also resulted in
unpredictable and substantial shifts in
regulatory fees from year to year.
14. The allocations of direct and
indirect FTEs we currently use are taken
from FTE data compiled in FY 1998.
The Commission allocates FTEs
according to the nature of the
employees’ work. If the work performed
by an employee can be assigned to a
regulatory fee category in one of the four
core licensing bureaus—Wireless
Telecommunications, Media, Wireline
Competition, and International, — that
employee’s time is counted as a direct
FTE. If the work cannot be assigned to
one of the bureau’s designated fee
categories, the employee’s time is
9 See, e.g., Assessment and Collection of
Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2011, Report and
Order, 26 FCC Rcd 10812 (2011) (‘‘FY 2011 Report
and Order’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
counted as an indirect FTE. Indirect
FTEs are allocated proportionally across
the four core bureaus. Therefore, under
our current system, the total FTEs for
each fee category includes the direct
FTEs associated with that category, plus
proportional allocations of indirect
FTEs from inside and outside the
bureau. The total number of FTEs for
each of the bureau’s fee categories was
then divided by the combined FTE
numbers for all four core bureaus to
produce an allocation percentage for
each fee category, e.g., the percentage of
total regulatory fee revenues that must
be recovered from each fee category in
order to collect the total amount
specified by Congress.10
15. Although the Commission has
used the same allocation percentages
every fiscal year since FY 1998, each
year the Commission reviews the
projected number of fee payors in each
service category. These payors are
referred to generically as ‘‘units,’’
because the fees for payors in different
service categories reflect characteristics
appropriate to each service, such as the
number of licenses or number of
subscribers the fee payor has. We look
for changes in the industry, changes in
industry segments, and various other
issues as explained in each year’s
regular regulatory fee NPRM. Finally,
the fee rate for each fee category is
determined by dividing the revenue
amount to be collected from each fee
category by its projected number of
units.
16. Table 1 illustrates the process
using this methodology. Each fiscal year
Congress reviews the Commission’s
budget submission and determines the
appropriation for that year. The amount
Congress appropriates becomes the
target for the aggregate amount of
regulatory fees to be collected. Table 1
uses a hypothetical appropriation of
$100,000,000 as the target amount of
regulatory fees to be collected. Column
1 represents the various fee categories in
which a regulatee will pay a fee.
Column 2 shows the allocation
percentages that are applied. And
Column 3 represents the multiplication
of the target amount by each allocation
percentage.
17. The Commission first multiplies
the $100,000,000 target amount by the
10 The Schedule of Regulatory Fees enacted as
section 9(g) in 1994 contained the fees to be paid
by different categories of regulates in the (then)
three named bureaus. Section 9(g) specified that the
Commission was to use this fee schedule until the
Commission adjusted it pursuant to section 9(b).
The Commission has made substantial adjustments
to this fee schedule since 1994, adding fee
categories and altering others. The 46 categories of
fee payors listed in the original fee schedule had
grown to 86 in 2011.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
current FTE allocation percentages in
Column 2 to determine the amount of
revenue to be collected from each fee
category in Column 3. To determine the
regulatory fee rate, the amounts in
Column 3 are divided by their
respective unit counts (the number of
payors) to determine the fee amount that
each regulatee will pay in that fee
category prior to rounding pursuant to
section 9(b)(2)(B). Thus, each year the
regulatory fee rate is a function of (1)
49753
changes in the appropriation amount
from one year to the next, and (2)
changes in the unit count from the prior
year for each respective fee category.
TABLE 1—HYPOTHETICAL $100 MILLION TARGET GOAL ALLOCATIONS
Fee category
Starting point FTE
allocation
percentage (%)
Expected revenue
amount by fee
category
Column One
Column Two
Column Three
.14
.67
.66
.001
.22
.08
.10
.04
.04
.06
.07
.87
.31
1.03
2.13
2.62
.01
.1
.05
.001
.95
.97
.82
.79
.35
.01
.6
.49
.41
.35
.11
.07
.08
.40
.05
16.55
46.66
14.33
.32
.16
.03
.32
2.28
.25
3.23
.24
$140,000
670,000
660,000
1,000
220,000
80,000
100,000
40,000
40,000
60,000
70,000
870,000
310,000
1,030,000
2,130,000
2,620,000
10,000
100,000
50,000
1,000
950,000
970,000
820,000
790,000
350,000
10,000
600,000
490,000
410,000
350,000
110,000
70,000
80,000
400,000
50,000
16,550,000
46,660,000
14,330,000
320,000
160,000
30,000
320,000
2,280,000
250,000
3,230,000
240,000
****** Total Estimated Revenue To Be Collected ............................................................................
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
PLMRS (Exclusive Use) ..........................................................................................................................
PLMRS (Shared use) ..............................................................................................................................
Microwave ................................................................................................................................................
218–219 MHz (Formerly IVDS) ...............................................................................................................
Marine (Ship) ...........................................................................................................................................
GMRS ......................................................................................................................................................
Aviation (Aircraft) .....................................................................................................................................
Marine (Coast) .........................................................................................................................................
Aviation (Ground) .....................................................................................................................................
Amateur Vanity Call Signs .......................................................................................................................
AM Class A ..............................................................................................................................................
AM Class B ..............................................................................................................................................
AM Class C ..............................................................................................................................................
AM Class D ..............................................................................................................................................
FM Classes A, B1 & C3 ..........................................................................................................................
FM Classes B, C, C0, C1 & C2 ..............................................................................................................
AM Construction Permits .........................................................................................................................
FM Construction Permits .........................................................................................................................
Satellite TV ..............................................................................................................................................
Satellite TV Construction Permit .............................................................................................................
VHF Markets 1–10 ...................................................................................................................................
VHF Markets 11–25 .................................................................................................................................
VHF Markets 26–50 .................................................................................................................................
VHF Markets 51–100 ...............................................................................................................................
VHF Remaining Markets .........................................................................................................................
VHF Construction Permits .......................................................................................................................
UHF Markets 1–10 ..................................................................................................................................
UHF Markets 11–25 ................................................................................................................................
UHF Markets 26–50 ................................................................................................................................
UHF Markets 51–100 ..............................................................................................................................
UHF Remaining Markets .........................................................................................................................
UHF Construction Permits .......................................................................................................................
Broadcast Auxiliaries ...............................................................................................................................
LPTV/Translators/Boosters/Class A TV ..................................................................................................
CARS Stations .........................................................................................................................................
Cable TV Systems ...................................................................................................................................
Interstate Telecommunication Service Providers ....................................................................................
CMRS Mobile Services (Cellular/Public Mobile) .....................................................................................
CMRS Messaging Services .....................................................................................................................
BRS ..........................................................................................................................................................
LMDS .......................................................................................................................................................
Per 64 kbps Int’l Bearer Circuits, Terrestrial (Common) & Satellite (Common & Non-Common) ..........
Submarine Cable Providers .....................................................................................................................
Earth Stations ..........................................................................................................................................
Space Stations (Geostationary) ...............................................................................................................
Space Stations (Non-Geostationary) .......................................................................................................
100.00
100,022,000
C. The Problems of the Current
Approach
18. As noted previously, the changes
that have occurred since 1998 in the
communications industry have caused
significant shifts in the amount of time
the Commission devotes to specific
industry segments and activities.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Therefore, FY 1998 FTE data may no
longer accurately reflect the allocation
of Commission employees’ time across
different parts of the industry. However,
simply substituting current FTE data for
the 1998 FTE data would cause fees for
some classes of fee payors to increase
significantly, so we seek to examine
how best to address in a fair and
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
equitable manner any significant shifts.
In addition, new technologies have
caused an exponential increase in
intermodal competition across formerly
distinct industry platforms. This has
made it even more common today than
in 1998 that a Commission employee’s
work may be attributed to more than
one fee category. For example, the cost
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
49754
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
of an employee’s work in designing
incentive auctions might be attributable
to several fee categories within the
media sector, but it would also
potentially benefit providers of mobile
broadband services who would
ultimately use the reclaimed spectrum.
The practical difficulties we would
encounter today in parsing out an
employee’s time among all of the
industry groups affected by his or her
work would produce unpredictable
annual changes in regulatory fees.
Proposals to address these and related
problems are presented below.
IV. Issues Raised For Comment
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
A. Setting Goals To Guide Our
Approach to Regulatory Fees
19. First, we seek comment on setting
goals for regulatory fee collection that
will guide the reforms that result from
this NPRM and adjustments that the
Commission will need to make from
time to time afterwards. We are of
course guided first and foremost by
Congress’s direction in section 9. At the
same time, Congress has left us
flexibility in setting the fees to take into
account a variety of factors, including
‘‘factors that the Commission
determines are necessary in the public
interest.’’ 11 We propose three
overarching goals for the regulatory fees
program, and we invite parties to
propose other goals for consideration.
20. Fairness. Allocation of regulatory
fee burdens among regulatees should be
fair. All regulatees interact with and
benefit from the work of the
Commission, but not in equal measure.
For example, a very large company with
hundreds of licenses and authorizations
is likely to engage much more
frequently with the Commission than a
local company or cooperative. Similarly,
regulatees’ ability to pay varies with
their size and revenues—imposing the
same fee on a Fortune 500 company and
a local family business would have very
different effects on those entities. And
over time, as similar services are
provided over different technologies,
regulatees may be paying different fees
while providing similar services, not
because there is a meaningful difference
in their relationship with the
Commission but simply because their
services fall into different fee categories
(or fall outside our established
categories altogether). We propose
establishing fairness as a goal of our
regulatory fee program, so that the
burdens of regulatory fees are borne in
an equitable manner that does not
11 47
U.S.C. 159(b)(1)(A).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
distort the marketplace. We seek
comment on this goal.
21. Administrability. Section 9 directs
that fees be set by reference to the
number of FTEs performing
enforcement activities, policy and
rulemaking activities, user information
services, and international activities
within the Wireless
Telecommunications, Media, Wireline
Competition, and International Bureaus.
A fee system that strictly aligned FTEs
with these activities and Bureaus on an
ongoing basis would require a complex
time and accounting system like the one
the Commission tried in 1997 and 1998
and abandoned in 1999 due in part to
the unpredictability and rapid shifts in
fee rates that it created for fee payors.
Keeping the fee schedule up to date
could result in large shifts in fees from
year to year, as the Commission’s
priorities and areas of focus change. For
example, if in one year the Public Safety
and Homeland Security Bureau handles
rulemakings related to broadcasting, but
in the following year focuses on
wireless services, the resulting shift in
FTE allocations could have a substantial
impact on the size of regulatory fees,
which could then shift significantly
again the very next year. We believe that
the regulatory fee system should be
administrable, both for the Commission
and for payors. We seek comment on
this goal.
22. Sustainability. The methodology
for regulatory fees should be flexible
enough to adapt to changes in
technology and marketing that affect
how our regulatees do business. In 2007,
the Commission extended regulatory fee
obligations to providers of
interconnected voice over Internet
protocol services (VoIP), noting ‘‘the
many and increasing resources the
Commission now dedicates to VoIP’’
and that ‘‘[i]nterconnected VoIP service
is increasingly used to replace
traditional telephone service and . . . the
interconnected VoIP service industry
continues to grow and to attract
customers who previously relied on
traditional voice service.’’ 12 The
concern the Commission addressed in
2007 will continue to arise as service
platforms and models change and
converge. As video, voice, and data
services are provided in new ways, our
regulatory fee system must also evolve
to ensure that the fee burden remains
equitably distributed among regulatees.
We seek comment on this goal.
23. Our goals must work within the
statute, not against it. Section 9 requires
12 Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees
for Fiscal Year 2007, Report and Order, 22 FCC Rcd
15712, 15717–18 paras. 12–13 (2007).
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
that the Commission collect fees by
determining ‘‘the full-time equivalent
number of employees’’ performing
specified activities in the Bureaus and
Offices. We intend that the proposed
goals guide our interpretation of section
9, and we seek comment on the best
ways to take the goals into account as
we assign FTEs to the statutory
categories and establish specific fee
amounts.
B. Changing the Current Cost Allocation
Methodology
24. As explained more fully below,
the cost allocation data we currently use
were derived in FY 1998 by totaling
employees’ time cards entries to arrive
at the aggregate number of FTEs engaged
in each feeable activity. The first
question that arises is whether the
Commission should aggregate employee
time card entries to derive its FTE
allocations, or whether aggregating data
on a less granular basis would be
accurate and workable. For the reasons
discussed below, we seek comment on
whether we should simplify the way
direct and indirect FTEs are aggregated
and update the FTE data that we use.
We invite interested parties to share
their views with respect to the issues set
forth below.
1. Reallocation of FTEs Among Bureaus
25. Although not required by section
9, our current cost assignment
methodology is based on the
presumption that work of employees in
the four core bureaus should be treated
differently depending on whether an
employee is ‘‘directly’’ involved in a
feeable activity or ‘‘indirectly’’ involved,
as in a support capacity. The costs of
FTEs directly working on projects
corresponding to a regulatory fee
category are directly assigned to that
category. By contrast, the costs of all
FTEs in the core bureaus indirectly
involved, or providing support
functions, are treated as indirect costs
and are currently distributed
proportionally across the four core
bureau. The proportional allocation of
indirect FTEs corresponds to each core
bureau’s actual percentage of direct
FTEs. The indirect work performed by
FTEs within a core bureau, therefore,
may not be attributable to a specific fee
category in their core bureau.
Nevertheless, it is clear that the work of
all the FTEs in a core bureau, whether
direct or indirect, contributes to the cost
of regulating licensees of that bureau.
Therefore, we may reasonably expect
that the work of the FTEs in the core
bureaus would remain focused on the
industry segment regulated by each of
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
those bureaus.13 We seek comment on
whether we should change the way
FTEs are allocated within a bureau, and
we propose that all the FTEs in each of
the core bureaus should be considered
direct FTE costs for that bureau.
26. Most of the work of the bureaus
and offices outside the four core
licensing bureaus is currently
considered as indirect FTE costs
because the work does not focus on any
one industry segment; rather, these
bureaus and offices support the work of
all of the core bureaus. As with the
indirect FTEs within the core bureaus,
the work of FTEs in non-core bureaus
that cannot be directly assigned to a
regulatory fee category is treated as
indirect costs and distributed
proportionally across the core bureaus
according to these bureaus’ respective
percentages of the Commission’s total
direct FTE costs. As in the case of our
allocation of direct FTEs, we believe
that it would serve the public interest to
find a more consistent and workable
way to allocate indirect FTEs. Any
attempt to redistribute these indirect
costs on a task-by-task basis would be
neither consistent nor workable,
requiring us to assign more costs to
certain divisions of support bureaus or
offices for certain licensees at a given
point in time, and then reassign these
costs as the work of that division
changes from month to month, week to
week, or even day to day.14 This would
be far more complicated and subjective
than our current approach, requiring
constant recalculations as FTEs within a
bureau are given different job
assignments.15 Unlike the case of the
FTEs in the core bureaus, the work of
the FTEs in the support bureaus and
offices is not primarily focused on any
one bureau or regulatory fee category,
but instead serves the needs of all four
core bureaus.
27. Just as section 9 contains no
requirement that we classify FTEs as
28. We have previously sought
comment on whether and how to update
our current FTE allocation percentages
to reflect changes in the industry and in
the Commission’s workload that have
occurred since they were adopted.16 We
will resolve this issue in this
proceeding, and we will incorporate
into the record of this proceeding
relevant comments filed in prior
proceedings.17
29. Commenters previously
addressing this issue advocated that we
revise the FTE allocation percentages by
using updated FTE data.18 They argued
that it is inequitable to burden the
licensees in the core bureaus with a
larger share of regulatory fees than their
respective percentage share of FTE
staffing at the Commission. We seek
comment on whether the FY 1998 FTE
allocation percentages should be
13 The International Bureau may be an exception
to this expectation as discussed in Paragraphs 26—
28 below.
14 For example, under this approach the work of
attorneys and support staff in Litigation and
Administrative Law Divisions of the Office of
General Counsel would fluctuate, and the
corresponding costs would have to be continually
reassigned, depending on how much of their work
is being devoted to media, wireless, wireline and
other matters.
15 For example, the Satellite Industry Association
(SIA) states that certain divisions in the
Enforcement Bureau may not be relevant to
regulating satellite licensees. SIA reply comments at
8, FY 2008 Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,
supra n. 1. While that may be true at a given point
in time, at another time all members of that division
may be engaged in an investigation involving
satellite providers, or certain members engaged in
investigations or other activity affecting satellite
providers, either directly or indirectly.
16 FY 2008 Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, supra n. 1, at paras. 27–30. We also
released a Public Notice on September 3, 2008
providing information on FTEs, direct costs, and
indirect costs. See ‘‘Office of Managing Director
Releases Data to Assist Commenters on Issues
Presented in Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking,’’ Adopted August 1, 2008, MD Docket
No. 08–65, Public Notice, DA 08–2033 (September
3, 2008).
17 To assure that all previous comments are
considered, parties that have previously
commented on any of these issues are requested to
attach or cite their prior comments in their filings
in this proceeding.
18 See, e.g., USTA Comments at 2; AT&T
Comments at 3; FIT Reply Comments at 5; EWA
Reply Comments at 1–2; Sprint Reply Comments at
2; NTCA Reply Comments at 2; MetroPCS Reply
Comments at 2; CTIA Reply Comments at 3; AT&T
Reply Comments, FY 2008 Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking, supra n. 1.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
‘‘direct’’ and ‘‘indirect,’’ it does not
prescribe how the Commission should
account for the FTE costs of its support
bureaus and offices. Consistent with our
finding in paragraph 19 above that the
work of the employees in the core
bureaus and offices is primarily focused
on the industry segment regulated by
each bureau and that the work—and the
costs—of all the employees of those
bureaus would correctly be considered
direct FTE costs of their respective
bureaus, we seek comment on whether,
because the work of employees in the
non-core bureaus supports the work of
all the core bureaus, the FTE costs of
these non-core bureaus and offices
should all be treated as indirect costs
and allocated among each of the core
bureaus in the same percentage as that
bureau’s direct FTE percentage is to the
total direct FTE costs of all the core
bureaus.
2. Updating and Adjusting the
Allocation Percentages Among Bureaus
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49755
replaced with allocation percentages
using up-to-date FY 2012 FTE data.
30. Reallocation of direct and indirect
FTEs using aggregated FTE data
involves counting the number of FTEs
in each of the agency’s four core
licensing bureaus to determine what
percentage each comprises of the total
number of FTEs in all the core
bureaus.19 The tentative results of this
recalculation, using current FTE staffing
levels, produces the following numbers
and percentages of direct FTEs in the
four core licensing bureaus:
International Bureau, 122 FTEs (22.0%
of total FTEs in the four core bureaus);
Media Bureau, 183 (32.9%); Wireline
Competition Bureau, 154 (27.7%); and
Wireless Telecommunications Bureau,
97 (17.4%).20 These 556 FTEs constitute
36 percent of the Commission’s total
FTEs and we would treat them as direct
FTE costs for purposes of allocating
regulatory fees. There are currently
1,000 FTEs in the support bureaus and
offices. As proposed in paragraph 20
above, these would all be treated as
indirect FTEs and allocated
proportionately across the four core
bureaus. This produces the following
adjusted FTE totals for each of the core
bureaus: International Bureau, 221
FTEs; Media Bureau, 329 FTEs;
Wireline Competition Bureau, 276 FTEs;
and Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau, 174 FTEs.
31. A comparison of the allocation
percentages currently in use with the
allocation percentages that result from
the use of updated FTE figures produces
mixed results. The percentage of
regulatory fees currently collected from
regulatees in the Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau would
remain unchanged at 17.4 percent. The
allocation percentage would increase
only slightly for fee payors in Media
Bureau service categories, from 31.9
percent to 32.9 percent. However, use of
the updated FTE figures would reduce
the percentage of regulatory fees
allocated to regulatees in the Wireline
Competition Bureau from 44.0 percent
to 27.7 percent and increase the
percentage of fees allocated to payors in
the International Bureau from 6.7
percent to 22.0 percent.
32. We seek comment on whether the
projected increase in fees for
International Bureau regulatees would
be consistent with our goals of fairness
19 FTEs are based on actual end of fiscal year 2011
figures, the most recent data that is currently
available.
20 These totals represent only the number of
direct FTEs funded by regulatory fees. They do not
include direct FTEs funded by other revenues, e.g.,
by auction or USF proceeds, nor do they include
indirect FTEs.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
49756
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
and sustainability. In this regard we
note that much of the work within the
Strategic Analysis and Negotiations
Division of the International Bureau
covers services outside of the Bureau’s
direct regulatory activities. For example,
this Division has primary responsibility
for leading the Commission’s
international representation in bilateral
meetings, multilateral meetings, and
cross-border spectrum negotiations with
Canada and Mexico on spectrum
sharing arrangements, and notifications
to the International
Telecommunications Union (ITU), as
well as participation in ITU Study
Groups. Though focused on the
international community, this
international work covers the entire
gamut of the Commission’s regulatory
responsibilities.
33. If such work benefits all classes of
providers, should the associated FTEs
be excluded from the International
Bureau’s direct costs and, instead, be
allocated as indirect costs like a support
bureau? Is this situation unique to the
International Bureau? The International
Bureau has estimated that as much as
one half of the FTEs in the Bureau work
on matters covering services other than
international services. Reallocation of
50% of the FTEs in the International
Bureau proportionately to the other core
bureaus would the result the following
allocation: International Bureau, 61
FTEs, representing 10.97% of total FTEs
in the four core bureaus; Media Bureau,
208.72 (37.54%); Wireline Competition
Bureau, 175.64 (31.59%); and Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau, 110.64
(19.9%).
34. We ask commenters to address all
the issues regarding how to ameliorate
the effect of using updated FTE data on
regulatees paying fees in the
International Bureau’s service
categories. Would this reallocation be
equitable?
35. Are there analogous groups within
the other core bureaus whose work
covers services outside of the core
bureau’s direct regulatory activities? If
so, how should those FTEs be allocated,
or should adjustments be made to our
proposed allocation of FTEs for those
core bureaus to account for such broadly
cross-cutting work in a core bureau? We
also seek comment on whether further
adjustments of the allocation of FTEs
should be made. Should adjustments be
made whenever, as discussed above, the
work of one bureau supports the work
of one or more other bureaus? Would
this be a workable and sufficient way to
allocate regulatory fees fairly between
industry sectors consistent with section
9, or is there a more equitable way,
consistent with statute, to allocate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
regulatory fees between and/or within
industry sectors? For example, should
regulatory fee categories in section 9 be
combined or eliminated, given the
change in the telecommunications
landscape since 1998? Should
additional regulatory fee categories such
as broadband be added to the regulatory
fee schedule set forth in section 9? We
seek comment on whether the
Commission has authority, under
section 9, to include broadband as a fee
category. If additional fee categories are
created, how should their costs be
assessed? To the extent that licensees
offer services that are regulated by more
than one core bureau, how would the
addition of new fee categories affect the
allocation of FTEs by core bureau?
36. We note that section 9(b)(1)(A)
allows the Commission to adjust
regulatory fees ‘‘to take into account
factors that are reasonably related to the
benefits provided the payor of the fee by
the Commission’s activities, including
such factors as service area coverage,
shared use versus exclusive use, and
other factors that the Commission
determines to be in the public interest.’’
How should ‘‘benefits provided to the
payor’’ be determined? Should such
benefit be measured by the level of
regulation of such payor, or by some
measure of the amount of regulatory
activity attributable to a specific payor
in a given year? Or should ‘‘benefits
provide the payor’’ be found to include
all benefits received as a result of the
Commission’s work, even benefit from
efforts to reduce regulation of a
particular industry sector? How does
one measure such benefit? Is relative
market share, or total revenues, a good
measure of the benefit the payor
receives from the work of the
Commission to promote competition
and remove barriers to market entry? If
so, should all payors be assessed based
on revenues? Is it technically feasible to
assess all regulatory fee categories based
on revenues? How could the
Commission ensure such assessment is
based on accurate, reliable revenue
information from all industry sectors?
What additional reporting requirements
would be necessary to obtain the
information necessary to assess all
payors on a revenues basis?
37. Are there other factors the
Commission should consider in
rebalancing regulatory fees in order to
achieve the goals discussed above? For
example, does section 9 allow the
Commission to mitigate the effects of fee
increases to a particular industry
segment by providing interim
adjustments, by phasing in the new fees
over a period of time, or by providing
relief in some other way? How would
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
the Commission administer any
recommended mitigation?
38. Finally, how often should the
Commission revisit the allocation
resulting from this rulemaking? Should
this reexamination be undertaken at
regular intervals, or in response to
comments by fee payors in the annual
regulatory fee collection NPRM? If such
reexamination is done at regular
intervals, for example, annually, how
can we ensure continued predictability
and collectability of fees? Would it be
appropriate to simply update the
Commission’s FTE allocation each year,
without regard to the impact of
significant increases of regulatory fees
on certain regulatory fee categories?
Would such fluctuations be especially
problematic for small service providers
who are likely least able to absorb
unpredictable changes in fees from year
to year?
3. Reallocation of FTEs Within Bureaus
39. As noted previously, our current
FTE allocations and the resulting
allocation percentages were first used in
FY 1999 and are based on FY 1998 FTE
data. We request comment on updating
and reallocating FTEs among the fee
categories within each of the core
bureaus. For example, within the
International Bureau, there are five fee
categories: Bearer Circuits, Submarine
Cable Providers, Earth Stations, Space
Stations (Geostationary), and Space
Stations (Non-Geostationary).
Regulatory fees are currently allocated
among these five fee categories as
follows: Bearer Circuits (5.1%),
Submarine Cable Providers (36.1%),
Earth Stations (3.9%), Space Stations
(Geostationary) (51.1%), and Space
Stations (Non-Geostationary) (3.8%).
40. Although one option would be to
continue using these relative allocation
percentages among the fee categories in
each of the core bureaus, we seek
comment on whether it would better
serve the public interest for
management in each of the core bureaus
to revise their internal FTE allocation
percentages based on management’s
assessment of the current distribution of
work within the bureau. We also seek
comment on whether they should do
such analysis and update of the FTE
allocation among fee categories within
the bureau every three years unless a
substantial shift in the nature or extent
of a bureau’s duties warrants
reexamination in the interim.
Commenters advocating alternatives or
modifications to this proposed approach
should describe in specific detail how
the suggested alternative or
modification would work and why it
would be preferable to allocation based
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
on assessment of the current
distribution of work within the bureau
described herein.
V. Conclusion
41. Fundamental to this NPRM is the
Commission’s desire to assure that the
methodology we use to derive
regulatory fees is consistent with
statutory requirements, fair, efficiently
administered, and sustainable. This
NPRM proposes a number of innovative
alternatives designed to achieve those
goals. Interested parties are invited to
comment on the suitability of these
49757
goals, the effectiveness of the
alternatives proposed in this NPRM in
meeting these or other appropriate
goals, and the Commission’s jurisdiction
to adopt any of the alternatives
discussed in the NPRM or proposed in
response to it.
TABLE 2—LIST OF COMMENTERS
Commenter
Abbreviated name
American Association of Paging Carriers ................................................................................................................................
AT&T, Inc .................................................................................................................................................................................
DirecTV, Inc. and DISH Network LLC .....................................................................................................................................
Enterprise Wireless Alliance ....................................................................................................................................................
Independent Telephone and Telecommunications Alliance ....................................................................................................
National Cable and Telecommunications Association ............................................................................................................
Personal Radio Steering Group, Inc .......................................................................................................................................
PCIA—The Wireless Infrastructure Association ......................................................................................................................
United States Telecom Association .........................................................................................................................................
Verizon Communications, Inc ..................................................................................................................................................
AAPC.
AT&T.
DirecTV and DISH.
EWA.
ITTA.
NCTA.
PRSG.
PCIA.
USTA.
Verizon.
LIST OF COMMENTERS—REPLY COMMENTS
Commenter
Abbreviated name
American Cable Association ....................................................................................................................................................
AT&T, Inc .................................................................................................................................................................................
CTIA—The Wireless Association® ..........................................................................................................................................
DirecTV, Inc. and DISH Network LLC .....................................................................................................................................
Enterprise Wireless Alliance ....................................................................................................................................................
Forest Industries Telecommunications ....................................................................................................................................
MetroPCS Communications, Inc .............................................................................................................................................
National Telecommunications Cooperative Association .........................................................................................................
Satellite Industry Association ...................................................................................................................................................
Sprint Nextel Corporation ........................................................................................................................................................
Verizon Communications, Inc ..................................................................................................................................................
Wireless Cable Coalition .........................................................................................................................................................
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
42. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (RFA),21 the Commission
prepared this Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the
possible significant economic impact on
small entities by the policies and rules
proposed in this Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (NPRM). Written public
comments are requested on this IRFA.
Comments must be identified as
responses to the IRFA and must be filed
on or before the dates indicated on the
first page of this Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking. The Commission will send
a copy of this NPRM, including the
IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy
of the Small Business Administration
(SBA).22 In addition, the NPRM and
21 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, 5 U.S.C. 601–612 has
been amended by the Contract With America
Advancement Act of 1996, Public Law 104–121,
110 Stat. 847 (1996) (‘‘CWAAA’’). Title II of the
CWAAA is the Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (‘‘SBREFA’’).
22 5 U.S.C. 603(a).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
IRFA (or summaries thereof) will be
published in the Federal Register.23
I. Need for, and Objectives of, the NPRM
43. In this NPRM we seek public
comment on approaches to update and
reform the process by which the
Commission calculates and assesses
regulatory fees under section 9 of the
Communications Act. We propose to be
guided in this examination by the goals
of fairness, administrability, and
sustainability, and we seek comment on
these goals. We seek comment on four
key areas regarding the regulatory fee
process: (1) revising the way in which
direct and indirect FTEs (full-time
[employee]equivalents) are allocated; (2)
using the current number of FTEs as the
basis for calculating regulatory fee
allocation percentages; (3) ameliorating
the impact of fee increases that would
otherwise result from using current FTE
percentages, especially on entities
providing international communication
services; and (4) asking whether and
how the current number of regulatory
23 Id.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
ACA.
AT&T.
CTIA.
DirecTV and DISH.
EWA.
FIT.
MetroPCS.
NTCA.
SIA.
Sprint.
Verizon.
WCC.
fee categories can be changed, for
example, by adding broadband and/or
by reducing the number of fee
categories.
44. Section 9 of the Act states that the
basis for calculating regulatory costs is
the number of FTEs performing
enforcement, policy and rulemaking,
and international activities, as well as
providing user information services.
The Commission has historically
regarded the costs generated by
individuals working specifically on
those activities as ‘‘direct’’ costs,
whereas the cost of employees
providing support efforts have been
considered ‘‘indirect’’ costs. The NPRM
first seeks comment on whether to
revise this approach. In order to provide
a more consistent and workable way to
allocate FTEs, we propose that all the
direct and indirect FTEs in each of the
four core licensing bureaus—The
Wireless Telecommunications, Wireline
Competition, Media, and International
Bureaus—be allocated to the Bureau in
which they work. Indirect FTEs outside
the core bureaus would be allocated
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
49758
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
among the four core licensing bureaus
in the percentage of each core bureau’s
direct FTEs to the total FTEs in the
Commission.
45. Second, we seek comment on
updating the current FTE allocation
percentages to reflect the changes in the
telecommunications industry and in the
Commission’s workload since the
current percentages were developed in
FY 1998. Using current FTE data to
calculate regulatory fees instead of FY
1998 FTE data would produce
substantial increases in the fees paid by
International Bureau regulates and
correspondingly substantial reduction
in the fees currently paid by Interstate
Telecommunications Service Providers
(ITSPs, or wireline service providers),
whereas fees paid by Wireless Bureau
regulates would remain the same and
Media Bureau regulatees would increase
only slightly.
46. Third, we seek comment on
whether and how we should ameliorate
the impact increased fees would have
on International Bureau regulatees. We
ask whether the fact that FTEs in the
International Bureau devote half their
time to working on matters that directly
benefit licensees in the remaining three
core licensing bureaus would make it
equitable to reallocate and redistribute
half of the fee increases to those other
bureaus. We also ask if there are other
bureaus in which such a reallocation
would be equitable.
47. Finally, we seek comment on
whether the current number of fee
categories in the Schedule of Regulatory
fees should be expanded to include new
services such as broadband, or reduced
to reflect the state of the
telecommunications market and to
simplify the administration of the fee
program. Because the statute directs the
Commission to consider the benefits the
payors receive from Commission
regulation in setting regulatory fees, we
seek comment on how better to measure
the benefits on which licensees
currently pay fees. For example, we seek
comment on whether total revenues, or
relative market share, would be good
measures of the benefit payors receive
from the work of the Commission to
promote competition and remove
barriers to market entry. Finally, we
specifically seek comment on the
Commission’s statutory authority to
implement any of these changes.
Background
II. Legal Basis
48. This action, including publication
of proposed rules, is authorized under
Sections (4)(i) and (j), 9, and 303(r) of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended.24
III. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Rules Will Apply
49. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules and policies, if
adopted.25 The RFA generally defines
the term ‘‘small entity’’ as having the
same meaning as the terms ‘‘small
business,’’ ‘‘small organization,’’ and
‘‘small governmental jurisdiction.’’ 26 In
addition, the term ‘‘small business’’ has
the same meaning as the term ‘‘small
business concern’’ under the Small
Business Act.27 A ‘‘small business
concern’’ is one which: (1) Is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.28
50. Small Businesses. Nationwide,
there are a total of approximately 29.6
million small businesses, according to
the SBA.29
51. Small Businesses, Small
Organizations, and Small Governmental
Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time,
affect small entities that are not easily
categorized at present. We therefore
describe here, at the outset, three
comprehensive, statutory small entity
size standards.30 First, nationwide,
there are a total of approximately 27.5
million small businesses, according to
the SBA.31 In addition, a ‘‘small
organization’’ is generally ‘‘any not-forprofit enterprise which is independently
owned and operated and is not
dominant in its field.’’ 32 Nationwide, as
of 2007, there were approximately
1,621,315 small organizations.33 Finally,
the term ‘‘small governmental
24 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and (j), 159, and 303(r).
U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
26 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
27 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the
definition of ‘‘small-business concern’’ in the Small
Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 632). Pursuant to 5 U.S.C.
601(3), the statutory definition of a small business
applies ‘‘unless an agency, after consultation with
the Office of Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration and after opportunity for public
comment, establishes one or more definitions of
such term which are appropriate to the activities of
the agency and publishes such definition(s) in the
Federal Register.’’
28 15 U.S.C. 632.
29 See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ‘‘Frequently
Asked Questions,’’ https://web.sba.gov/faqs
(accessed Jan. 2009).
30 See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)–(6).
31 See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ‘‘Frequently
Asked Questions,’’ web.sba.gov/faqs (last visited
May 6, 2011; figures are from 2009).
32 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
33 Independent Sector, The New Nonprofit
Almanac & Desk Reference (2010).
25 5
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
jurisdiction’’ is defined generally as
‘‘governments of cities, towns,
townships, villages, school districts, or
special districts, with a population of
less than fifty thousand.’’ 34 Census
Bureau data for 2011 indicate that there
were 89,476 local governmental
jurisdictions in the United States.35 We
estimate that, of this total, as many as
88, 506 entities may qualify as ‘‘small
governmental jurisdictions.’’ 36 Thus,
we estimate that most governmental
jurisdictions are small.
52. Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (Incumbent LECs). Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a small business size standard
specifically for incumbent local
exchange services. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees.37 Census Bureau data
for 2007, which now supersede data
from the 2002 Census, show that there
were 3,188 firms in this category that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or
fewer, and 44 firms had had
employment of 1,000 or more.
According to Commission data, 1,307
carriers reported that they were
incumbent local exchange service
providers.38 Of these 1,307 carriers, an
estimated 1,006 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 301 have more than
34 5
U.S.C. 601(5).
Census Bureau, Statistical Abstract of the
United States: 2011, Table 427 (2007)
36 The 2007 U.S Census data for small
governmental organizations indicate that there were
89,476 ‘‘Local Governments’’ in 2007. (U.S.
CENSUS BUREAU, STATISTICAL ABSTRACT OF
THE UNITED STATES 2011, Table 428.) The
criterion by which the size of such local
governments is determined to be small is a
population of 50,000. However, since the Census
Bureau does not specifically apply that criterion, it
cannot be determined with precision how many of
such local governmental organizations is small.
Nonetheless, the inference seems reasonable that a
substantial number of these governmental
organizations has a population of less than 50,000.
To look at Table 428 in conjunction with a related
set of data in Table 429 in the Census’s Statistical
Abstract of the U.S., that inference is further
supported by the fact that in both Tables, many
entities that may well be small are included in the
89,476 local governmental organizations, e.g.
county, municipal, township and town, school
district and special district entities. Measured by a
criterion of a population of 50,000 many specific
sub-entities in this category seem more likely than
larger county-level governmental organizations to
have small populations. Accordingly, of the 89,746
small governmental organizations identified in the
2007 Census, the Commission estimates that a
substantial majority is small.
37 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
38 See Trends in Telephone Service, Federal
Communications Commission, Wireline
Competition Bureau, Industry Analysis and
Technology Division at Table 5.3 (Sept. 2010)
(‘‘Trends in Telephone Service’’).
35 U.S.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
1,500 employees.39 Consequently, the
Commission estimates that most
providers of local exchange service are
small entities that may be affected by
the rules and policies proposed in the
NPRM. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard,
the majority of these incumbent local
exchange service providers can be
considered small providers.40
53. Competitive Local Exchange
Carriers (Competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs),
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers. Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard specifically for these service
providers. The appropriate size standard
under SBA rules is for the category
Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.41 Census Bureau data for
2007 show that there were 3,188 firms
in this category that operated for the
entire year. Of this total, 3,144 had
employment of 999 or fewer, and 44
firms had had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
these Competitive LECs, CAPs, SharedTenant Service Providers, and Other
Local Service Providers can be
considered small entities.42 According
to Commission data, 1,442 carriers
reported that they were engaged in the
provision of either competitive local
exchange services or competitive access
provider services.43 Of these 1,442
carriers, an estimated 1,256 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 186 have more
than 1,500 employees.44 In addition, 17
carriers have reported that they are
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
all 17 are estimated to have 1,500 or
fewer employees.45 In addition, 72
carriers have reported that they are
Other Local Service Providers.46 Of the
72, seventy have 1,500 or fewer
employees and two have more than
1,500 employees.47 Consequently, the
Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange
39 See
id.
https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_
lang=en.
41 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
42 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_
lang=en.
43 See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
44 Id.
45 Id.
46 Id.
47 Id.
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
40 See
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
service, competitive access providers,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the NPRM.
54. Local Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.48 Census data for 2007 show
that 1,523 firms provided resale services
during that year. Of that number, 1,522
operated with fewer than 1,000
employees and one operated with more
than 1,000.49 Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these local
resellers can be considered small
entities. According to Commission data,
213 carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of local resale
services.50 Of these, an estimated 211
have 1,500 or fewer employees and two
have more than 1,500 employees.51
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of local
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
this NPRM.
55. Toll Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.52 Census data for 2007 show
that 1,523 firms provided resale services
during that year. Of that number, 1,522
operated with fewer than 1,000
employees and one operated with more
than 1,000.53 Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these resellers
can be considered small entities.
According to Commission data,54 881
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of toll resale
services. Of these, an estimated 857
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24
have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of toll
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by our proposed rules.
56. Payphone Service Providers
(PSPs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business
size standard specifically for payphone
services providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees.55 Census Bureau data
for 2007 shows that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 3,144 had
employment of 999 or fewer, and 44
firms had had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
these PSPs can be considered small
entities.56 According to Commission
data,57 657 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of
payphone services. Of these, an
estimated 653 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and four have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of payphone service providers are small
entities that may be affected by our
action.
57. Interexchange Carriers. Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard specifically for providers of
interexchange services. The appropriate
size standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees.58 Census Bureau data
for 2007 shows that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 3,144 had
employment of 999 or fewer, and 44
firms had had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
these Interexchange carriers can be
considered small entities.59 According
to Commission data, 359 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of interexchange
services.60 Of these 359 companies, an
estimated 317 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 42 have more than 1,500
employees.61 Consequently, the
55 13
CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_
id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_
lang=en.
57 Trends in Telephone Service, at table 5.3.
58 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
59 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_
lang=en.
60 See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
61 Id.
56 See
48 13
CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
49 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
50 See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
51 Id.
52 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
53 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
54 Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49759
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
49760
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
Commission estimates that the majority
of interexchange service providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to the NPRM.
58. Operator Service Providers (OSPs).
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size
standard specifically for operator
service providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees.62 Census Bureau data
for 2007 show that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 3,144 had
employment of 999 or fewer, and 44
firms had had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
these Interexchange carriers can be
considered small entities.63 According
to Commission data, 33 carriers have
reported that they are engaged in the
provision of operator services. Of these,
an estimated 31 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 2 have more than 1,500
employees.64 Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of OSPs are small entities that may be
affected by our proposed rules.
59. Prepaid Calling Card Providers.
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size
standard specifically for prepaid calling
card providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.65 Census data for 2007 show
that 1,523 firms provided resale services
during that year. Of that number, 1,522
operated with fewer than 1,000
employees and one operated with more
than 1,000.66 Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these prepaid
calling card providers can be considered
small entities. According to Commission
data, 193 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of
prepaid calling cards.67 Of these, all 193
have 1,500 or fewer employees and
none have more than 1,500
employees.68 Consequently, the
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
62 13
CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=
&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
64 Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
65 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
66 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
67 See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
68 Id.
63 See
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Commission estimates that the majority
of prepaid calling card providers are
small entities that may be affected by
rules adopted pursuant to this NPRM.
60. 800 and 800–Like Service
Subscribers.69 Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small
business size standard specifically for
800 and 800-like service (‘‘toll free’’)
subscribers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.70 Census data for 2007 show
that 1,523 firms provided resale services
during that year. Of that number, 1,522
operated with fewer than 1,000
employees and one operated with more
than 1,000.71 Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of resellers in this
classification can be considered small
entities. To focus specifically on the
number of subscribers than on those
firms which make subscription service
available, the most reliable source of
information regarding the number of
these service subscribers appears to be
data the Commission collects on the
800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in
use.72 According to our data for
September 2009, the number of 800
numbers assigned was 7,860,000; the
number of 888 numbers assigned was
5,888,687; the number of 877 numbers
assigned was 4,721,866; and the number
of 866 numbers assigned was 7,867,736.
The Commission does not have data
specifying the number of these
subscribers that are not independently
owned and operated or have more than
1,500 employees, and thus are unable at
this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of toll free
subscribers that would qualify as small
businesses under the SBA size standard.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that there are 7,860.000 or
fewer small entity 800 subscribers;
5,888,687 or fewer small entity 888
subscribers; 4,721,866 or fewer small
entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or
fewer small entity 866 subscribers.
61. Satellite Telecommunications
Providers. Two economic census
categories address the satellite industry.
The first category has a small business
size standard of $15 million or less in
average annual receipts, under SBA
69 We include all toll-free number subscribers in
this category, including those for 888 numbers.
70 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
71 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&-ds_name
=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
72 Trends in Telephone Service, at Tables 18.4,
18.5, 18.6, 18.7.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
rules.73 The second has a size standard
of $25 million or less in annual
receipts.74
62. The category of Satellite
Telecommunications ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
providing telecommunications services
to other establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting
industries by forwarding and receiving
communications signals via a system of
satellites or reselling satellite
telecommunications.’’ 75 Census Bureau
data for 2007 show that 512 Satellite
Telecommunications firms that operated
for that entire year.76 Of this total, 464
firms had annual receipts of under $10
million, and 18 firms had receipts of
$10 million to $24,999,999.77
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of Satellite
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by our
action.
63. The second category, i.e. ‘‘All
Other Telecommunications’’ comprises
‘‘establishments primarily engaged in
providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation.
This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in
providing satellite terminal stations and
associated facilities connected with one
or more terrestrial systems and capable
of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from,
satellite systems. Establishments
providing Internet services or voice over
Internet protocol (VoIP) services via
client-supplied telecommunications
connections are also included in this
industry.’’ 78 For this category, Census
Bureau data for 2007 shows that there
were a total of 2,383 firms that operated
for the entire year.79 Of this total, 2,347
firms had annual receipts of under $25
million and 12 firms had annual
receipts of $25 million to
$49,999,999.80 Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
73 13
CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517410.
CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517919.
75 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
517410 Satellite Telecommunications.
76 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
77 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&-ds_name
=EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
78 https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=517919&search
=2007%20NAICS%20Search.
79 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
80 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?
_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&-ds_name=
EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
74 13
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
of All Other Telecommunications firms
are small entities that might be affected
by our action.
64. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except satellite). This industry
comprises establishments engaged in
operating and maintaining switching
and transmission facilities to provide
communications via the airwaves.
Establishments in this industry have
spectrum licenses and provide services
using that spectrum, such as cellular
phone services, paging services,
wireless Internet access, and wireless
video services.81 The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers. The size standard for that
category is that a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees.82 Under
the present and prior categories, the
SBA has deemed a wireless business to
be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.83 For this category, census
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383
firms that operated for the entire year.84
Of this total, 1,368 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees
and 15 had employment of 1,000
employees or more.85 Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the Commission
estimates that the majority of wireless
telecommunications carriers (except
satellite) are small entities that may be
affected by our proposed action.86
65. Licenses Assigned by Auctions.
Initially, we note that, as a general
matter, the number of winning bidders
that qualify as small businesses at the
close of an auction does not necessarily
represent the number of small
businesses currently in service. Also,
the Commission does not generally track
subsequent business size unless, in the
context of assignments or transfers,
unjust enrichment issues are implicated.
66. Paging Services. Neither the SBA
nor the FCC has developed a definition
applicable exclusively to paging
81 https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=517210&search=
2007%20NAICS%20Search.
82 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
83 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210. The nowsuperseded, pre-2007 CFR citations were 13 CFR
121.201, NAICS codes 517211 and 517212 (referring
to the 2002 NAICS).
84 U.S. Census Bureau, Subject Series:
Information, Table 5, ‘‘Establishment and Firm Size:
Employment Size of Firms for the United States:
2007 NAICS Code 517210’’ (issued Nov. 2010).
85 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
precise estimate of the number of firms that have
employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
largest category provided is for firms with ‘‘100
employees or more.’’
86 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_
id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_
lang=en.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
services. However, a variety of paging
services is now categorized under
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite).87This industry
comprises establishments engaged in
operating and maintaining switching
and transmission facilities to provide
communications via the airwaves.
Establishments in this industry have
spectrum licenses and provide services
using that spectrum, such as cellular
phone services, paging services,
wireless Internet access, and wireless
video services. Illustrative examples in
the paging context include paging
services, except satellite; two-way
paging communications carriers, except
satellite; and radio paging services
communications carriers. The SBA has
deemed a paging service in this category
to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.88 For this category, census
data for 2007 show that there were 1,383
firms that operated for the entire year.89
Of this total, 1,368 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees
and 15 had employment of 1,000
employees or more.90 Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard,, the Commission
estimates that the majority of paging
services in the category of wireless
telecommunications carriers (except
satellite) are small entities that may be
affected by our proposed action.91
67. In addition, in the Paging Second
Report and Order, the Commission
adopted a size standard for ‘‘small
businesses’’ for purposes of determining
their eligibility for special provisions
such as bidding credits.92 A small
business is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
87 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
‘‘517210 Wireless Telecommunications Categories
(Except Satellite)’’; https://www.census.gov/naics/
2007/def/ND517210.HTM#N517210.
88 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
‘‘517210 Wireless Telecommunications Categories
(Except Satellite)’’.
89 U.S. Census Bureau, Subject Series:
Information, Table 5, ‘‘Establishment and Firm Size:
Employment Size of Firms for the United States:
2007 NAICS Code 517210’’ (issued Nov. 2010).
90 Id. Available census data do not provide a more
precise estimate of the number of firms that have
employment of 1,500 or fewer employees; the
largest category provided is for firms with ‘‘100
employees or more.’’
91 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_
lang=en.
92 Revision of Part 22 and Part 90 of the
Commission’s Rules to Facilitate Future
Development of Paging Systems, Second Report and
Order, 12 FCC Rcd 2732, 2811–2812, paras. 178–
181 (‘‘Paging Second Report and Order’’); see also
Revision of Part 22 and Part 90 of the Commission’s
Rules to Facilitate Future Development of Paging
Systems, Memorandum Opinion and Order on
Reconsideration, 14 FCC Rcd 10030, 10085–10088,
paras. 98–107 (1999).
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49761
has average gross revenues not
exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years.93 The SBA has approved
this definition.94 An initial auction of
Metropolitan Economic Area (‘‘MEA’’)
licenses was conducted in the year
2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned,
985 were sold.95 Fifty-seven companies
claiming small business status won 440
licenses.96 A subsequent auction of
MEA and Economic Area (‘‘EA’’)
licenses was held in the year 2001. Of
the 15,514 licenses auctioned, 5,323
were sold.97 One hundred thirty-two
companies claiming small business
status purchased 3,724 licenses. A third
auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in
each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in
all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held
in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming
small or very small business status won
2,093 licenses.98 A fourth auction of
9,603 lower and upper band paging
licenses was held in the year 2010. 29
bidders claiming small or very small
business status won 3,016 licenses.
68. 2.3 GHz Wireless Communications
Services. This service can be used for
fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital
audio broadcasting satellite uses. The
Commission defined ‘‘small business’’
for the wireless communications
services (‘‘WCS’’) auction as an entity
with average gross revenues of $40
million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ‘‘very small business’’ as an
entity with average gross revenues of
$15 million for each of the three
preceding years.99 The SBA approved
these definitions.100 The Commission
conducted an auction of geographic area
licenses in the WCS service in 1997. In
the auction, seven bidders that qualified
as very small business entities won 31
93 Paging Second Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd
at 2811, para. 179.
94 See Letter from Aida Alvarez, Administrator,
SBA, to Amy Zoslov, Chief, Auctions and Industry
Analysis Division, Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau (‘‘WTB’’), FCC (Dec. 2, 1998) (‘‘Alvarez
Letter 1998’’).
95 See ‘‘929 and 931 MHz Paging Auction Closes,’’
Public Notice, 15 FCC Rcd 4858 (WTB 2000).
96 See id.
97 See ‘‘Lower and Upper Paging Band Auction
Closes,’’ Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 21821 (WTB
2002).
98 See ‘‘Lower and Upper Paging Bands Auction
Closes,’’ Public Notice, 18 FCC Rcd 11154 (WTB
2003). The current number of small or very small
business entities that hold wireless licenses may
differ significantly from the number of such entities
that won in spectrum auctions due to assignments
and transfers of licenses in the secondary market
over time. In addition, some of the same small
business entities may have won licenses in more
than one auction.
99 Amendment of the Commission’s Rules to
Establish Part 27, the Wireless Communications
Service (WCS), Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd
10785, 10879, para. 194 (1997).
100 See Alvarez Letter 1998.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
49762
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
licenses, and one bidder that qualified
as a small business entity won a license.
69. 1670–1675 MHz Services. This
service can be used for fixed and mobile
uses, except aeronautical mobile.101 An
auction for one license in the 1670–1675
MHz band was conducted in 2003. The
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity with attributable average
annual gross revenues of not more than
$40 million for the preceding three
years, which would thus be eligible for
a 15 percent discount on its winning bid
for the 1670–1675 MHz band license.
Further, the Commission defined a
‘‘very small business’’ as an entity with
attributable average annual gross
revenues of not more than $15 million
for the preceding three years, which
would thus be eligible to receive a 25
percent discount on its winning bid for
the 1670–1675 MHz band license. The
winning bidder was not a small entity.
70. Wireless Telephony. Wireless
telephony includes cellular, personal
communications services, and
specialized mobile radio telephony
carriers. As noted, the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite).102 Under the SBA small
business size standard, a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.103 Census data for 2007
shows that there were 1,383 firms that
operated that year.104 Of those 1,383,
1,368 had fewer than 100 employees,
and 15 firms had more than 100
employees. Thus under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small. According to Trends
in Telephone Service data, 434 carriers
reported that they were engaged in
wireless telephony.105 Of these, an
estimated 222 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 212 have more than
1,500 employees.106 Therefore,
approximately half of these entities can
be considered small. Similarly,
according to Commission data, 413
carriers reported that they were engaged
in the provision of wireless telephony,
including cellular service, Personal
Communications Service (PCS), and
Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR)
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
101 47
102 13
CFR 2.106; see generally 47 CFR 27.1–.70.
CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
103 Id.
104 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20,
2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=
EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
105 Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
106 Id.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Telephony services.107 Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees.108 Consequently, the
Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these
firms can be considered small. Thus,
using available data, we estimate that
the majority of wireless firms can be
considered small.
71. Broadband Personal
Communications Service. Broadband
Personal Communications Service. The
broadband personal communications
services (PCS) spectrum is divided into
six frequency blocks designated A
through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The
Commission initially defined a ‘‘small
business’’ for C- and F-Block licenses as
an entity that has average gross revenues
of $40 million or less in the three
previous years.109 For F-Block licenses,
an additional small business size
standard for ‘‘very small business’’ was
added and is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates, has average
gross revenues of not more than $15
million for the preceding three years.110
These small business size standards, in
the context of broadband PCS auctions,
have been approved by the SBA.111 No
small businesses within the SBAapproved small business size standards
bid successfully for licenses in Blocks A
and B. There were 90 winning bidders
that claimed small business status in the
first two C-Block auctions. A total of 93
bidders that claimed small and very
small business status won
approximately 40 percent of the 1,479
licenses in the first auction for the D, E,
and F Blocks.112 On April 15, 1999, the
Commission completed the re-auction of
347 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block licenses in
Auction No. 22.113 Of the 57 winning
107 See
Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
id.
109 See Amendment of Parts 20 and 24 of the
Commission’s Rules—Broadband PCS Competitive
Bidding and the Commercial Mobile Radio Service
Spectrum Cap; Amendment of the Commission’s
Cellular/PCS Cross-Ownership Rule, WT Docket No.
96–59, GN Docket No. 90–314, Report and Order,
11 FCC Rcd 7824, 7850–52 paras. 57–60 (1996)
(‘‘PCS Report and Order’’); see also 47 CFR
24.720(b).
110 See PCS Report and Order, 11 FCC Rcd at
7852 para. 60.
111 See Alvarez Letter 1998.
112 See Broadband PCS, D, E and F Block Auction
Closes, Public Notice, Doc. No. 89838 (released Jan.
14, 1997).
113 See C, D, E, and F Block Broadband PCS
Auction Closes, Public Notice, 14 FCC Rcd 6688
(WTB 1999). Before Auction No. 22, the
Commission established a very small standard for
the C Block to match the standard used for F Block.
Amendment of the Commission’s Rules Regarding
Installment Payment Financing for Personal
Communications Services (PCS) Licensees, WT
108 See
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
bidders in that auction, 48 claimed
small business status and won 277
licenses.
72. On January 26, 2001, the
Commission completed the auction of
422 C and F Block Broadband PCS
licenses in Auction No. 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in that auction, 29
claimed small business status.114
Subsequent events concerning Auction
35, including judicial and agency
determinations, resulted in a total of 163
C and F Block licenses being available
for grant. On February 15, 2005, the
Commission completed an auction of
242 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block licenses in
Auction No. 58. Of the 24 winning
bidders in that auction, 16 claimed
small business status and won 156
licenses.115 On May 21, 2007, the
Commission completed an auction of 33
licenses in the A, C, and F Blocks in
Auction No. 71.116 Of the 14 winning
bidders in that auction, six claimed
small business status and won 18
licenses.117 On August 20, 2008, the
Commission completed the auction of
20 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block Broadband
PCS licenses in Auction No. 78.118 Of
the eight winning bidders for Broadband
PCS licenses in that auction, six claimed
small business status and won 14
licenses.119
73. Advanced Wireless Services. In
2006, the Commission conducted its
first auction of Advanced Wireless
Services licenses in the 1710–1755 MHz
and 2110–2155 MHz bands (‘‘AWS–1’’),
designated as Auction 66.120 For the
AWS–1 bands, the Commission has
defined a ‘‘small business’’ as an entity
with average annual gross revenues for
the preceding three years not exceeding
$40 million, and a ‘‘very small
business’’ as an entity with average
annual gross revenues for the preceding
three years not exceeding $15
Docket No. 97–82, Fourth Report and Order, 13 FCC
Rcd 15743, 15768 para. 46 (1998).
114 See C and F Block Broadband PCS Auction
Closes; Winning Bidders Announced, Public Notice,
16 FCC Rcd 2339 (2001).
115 See Broadband PCS Spectrum Auction Closes;
Winning Bidders Announced for Auction No. 58,
Public Notice, 20 FCC Rcd 3703 (2005).
116 See Auction of Broadband PCS Spectrum
Licenses Closes; Winning Bidders Announced for
Auction No. 71, Public Notice, 22 FCC Rcd 9247
(2007).
117 Id.
118 See Auction of AWS–1 and Broadband PCS
Licenses Closes; Winning Bidders Announced for
Auction 78, Public Notice, 23 FCC Rcd 12749 (WTB
2008).
119 Id.
120 See Auction of Advanced Wireless Services
Licenses Scheduled for June 29, 2006; Notice and
Filing Requirements, Minimum Opening Bids,
Upfront Payments and Other Procedures for
Auction No. 66, AU Docket No. 06–30, Public
Notice, 21 FCC Rcd 4562 (2006) (‘‘Auction 66
Procedures Public Notice’’);
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
million.121 In 2006, the Commission
conducted its first auction of AWS–1
licenses.122 In that initial AWS–1
auction, 31 winning bidders identified
themselves as very small businesses
won 142 licenses.123 Twenty-six of the
winning bidders identified themselves
as small businesses and won 73
licenses.124 In a subsequent 2008
auction, the Commission offered 35
AWS–1 licenses.125 Four winning
bidders identified themselves as very
small businesses, and three of the
winning bidders identifying themselves
as a small businesses won five AWS–1
licenses.126
74. Narrowband Personal
Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted two auctions of
Narrowband PCS licenses. For these
auctions, the Commission defined a
‘‘small business’’ as an entity with
average annual gross revenues for the
preceding three years not exceeding $40
million.127 Through these auctions, the
Commission awarded a total of 41
licenses, 11 of which were obtained by
four small businesses.128 To ensure
meaningful participation by small
business entities in future auctions, the
Commission adopted a two-tiered small
business size standard in the
Narrowband PCS Second Report and
121 See Service Rules for Advanced Wireless
Services in the 1.7 GHz and 2.1 GHz Bands, Report
and Order, 18 FCC Rcd 25,162, App. B (2003),
modified by Service Rules for Advanced Wireless
Services In the 1.7 GHz and 2.1 GHz Bands, Order
on Reconsideration, 20 FCC Rcd 14,058, App. C
(2005).
122 See Auction of Advanced Wireless Services
Licenses Scheduled for June 29, 2006; Notice and
Filing Requirements, Minimum Opening Bids,
Upfront Payments and Other Procedures for
Auction No. 66, AU Docket No. 06–30, Public
Notice, 21 FCC Rcd 4562 (2006) (‘‘Auction 66
Procedures Public Notice’’).
123 See Auction of Advanced Wireless Services
Licenses Closes; Winning Bidders Announced for
Auction No. 66, Public Notice, 21 FCC Rcd 10,521
(2006) (‘‘Auction 66 Closing Public Notice’’).
124 See id.
125 See AWS–1 and Broadband PCS Procedures
Public Notice, 23 FCC Rcd at 7499. Auction 78 also
included an auction of broadband PCS licenses.
126 See Auction of AWS–1 and Broadband PCS
Licenses Closes, Winning Bidders Announced for
Auction 78, Down Payments Due September 9,
2008, FCC Forms 601 and 602 Due September 9,
2008, Final Payments Due September 23, 2008, TenDay Petition to Deny Period, Public Notice, 23 FCC
Rcd 12,749 (2008).
127 Implementation of Section 309(j) of the
Communications Act—Competitive Bidding
Narrowband PCS, Third Memorandum Opinion and
Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,
10 FCC Rcd 175, 196, para. 46 (1994).
128 See ‘‘Announcing the High Bidders in the
Auction of Ten Nationwide Narrowband PCS
Licenses, Winning Bids Total $617,006,674,’’ Public
Notice, PNWL 94–004 (released Aug. 2, 1994);
‘‘Announcing the High Bidders in the Auction of 30
Regional Narrowband PCS Licenses; Winning Bids
Total $490,901,787,’’ Public Notice, PNWL 94–27
(released Nov. 9, 1994).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Order.129 A ‘‘small business’’ is an
entity that, together with affiliates and
controlling interests, has average gross
revenues for the three preceding years of
not more than $40 million.130 A ‘‘very
small business’’ is an entity that,
together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more
than $15 million.131 The SBA has
approved these small business size
standards.132 A third auction of
Narrowband PCS licenses was
conducted in 2001. In that auction, five
bidders won 317 (Metropolitan Trading
Areas and nationwide) licenses.133
Three of the winning bidders claimed
status as a small or very small entity and
won 311 licenses.
75. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses.
The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of
small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits.134
The Commission defined a ‘‘small
business’’ as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues
not exceeding $40 million for the
preceding three years.135 A ‘‘very small
business’’ is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues that are not more than $15
million for the preceding three years.136
Additionally, the Lower 700 MHz
Service had a third category of small
business status for Metropolitan/Rural
Service Area (‘‘MSA/RSA’’) licenses—
‘‘entrepreneur’’—which is defined as an
entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that are not more than $3
million for the preceding three years.137
The SBA approved these small size
standards.138 An auction of 740 licenses
was conducted in 2002 (one license in
129 Amendment of the Commission’s Rules to
Establish New Personal Communications Services,
Narrowband PCS, Second Report and Order and
Second Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, 15
FCC Rcd 10456, 10476, para. 40 (2000)
(‘‘Narrowband PCS Second Report and Order’’).
130 Narrowband PCS Second Report and Order,
15 FCC Rcd at 10476, para. 40.
131 Id.
132 See Alvarez Letter 1998.
133 See ‘‘Narrowband PCS Auction Closes,’’
Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 18663 (WTB 2001).
134 See Reallocation and Service Rules for the
698–746 MHz Spectrum Band (Television Channels
52–59), Report and Order, 17 FCC Rcd 1022 (2002)
(‘‘Channels 52–59 Report and Order’’).
135 See Channels 52–59 Report and Order, 17 FCC
Rcd at 1087–88, para. 172.
136 See id.
137 See id, 17 FCC Rcd at 1088, para. 173.
138 See Letter from Aida Alvarez, Administrator,
SBA, to Thomas Sugrue, Chief, WTB, FCC (Aug. 10,
1999) (‘‘Alvarez Letter 1999’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49763
each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs and one
license in each of the six Economic Area
Groupings (EAGs)). Of the 740 licenses
available for auction, 484 licenses were
won by 102 winning bidders. Seventytwo of the winning bidders claimed
small business, very small business, or
entrepreneur status and won a total of
329 licenses.139 A second auction
commenced on May 28, 2003, closed on
June 13, 2003, and included 256
licenses.140 Seventeen winning bidders
claimed small or very small business
status and won 60 licenses, and nine
winning bidders claimed entrepreneur
status and won 154 licenses.141 In 2005,
the Commission completed an auction
of 5 licenses in the lower 700 MHz band
(Auction 60). All three winning bidders
claimed small business status.
76. In 2007, the Commission
reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second
Report and Order.142 An auction of A,
B and E block licenses in the Lower 700
MHz band was held in 2008.143 Twenty
winning bidders claimed small business
status (those with attributable average
annual gross revenues that exceed $15
million and do not exceed $40 million
for the preceding three years). Thirty
three winning bidders claimed very
small business status (those with
attributable average annual gross
revenues that do not exceed $15 million
for the preceding three years). In 2011,
the Commission conducted Auction 92,
which offered 16 lower 700 MHz band
licenses that had been made available in
Auction 73 but either remained unsold
or were licenses on which a winning
bidder defaulted. Two of the seven
139 See ‘‘Lower 700 MHz Band Auction Closes,’’
Public Notice, 17 FCC Rcd 17272 (WTB 2002).
140 See Lower 700 MHz Band Auction Closes,
Public Notice, 18 FCC Rcd 11873 (WTB 2003).
141 See id.
142 Service Rules for the 698–746, 747–762 and
777–792 MHz Band, WT Docket No. 06–150,
Revision of the Commission’s Rules to Ensure
Compatibility with Enhanced 911 Emergency
Calling Systems, CC Docket No. 94–102, Section
68.4(a) of the Commission’s Rules Governing
Hearing Aid-Compatible Telephone, WT Docket No.
01–309, Biennial Regulatory Review—Amendment
of Parts 1, 22, 24, 27, and 90 to Streamline and
Harmonize Various Rules Affecting Wireless Radio
Services, WT Docket No. 03–264, Former Nextel
Communications, Inc. Upper700 MHz Guard Band
Licenses and Revisions to Part 27 of the
Commission’s Rules, WT Docket No. 06–169,
Implementing a Nationwide, Broadband
Interoperable Public Safety Network in the 700 MHz
Band, PS Docket No. 06–229, Development of
Operational, Technical and Spectrum
Requirements for Meeting Federal, State, and Local
Public Safety Communications Requirements
Through the Year 2010, WT Docket No. 96–86,
Second Report and Order, 22 FCC Rcd 15289 (2007)
(‘‘700 MHz Second Report and Order’’).
143 See Auction of 700 MHz Band Licenses
Closes, Public Notice, 23 FCC Rcd 4572 (WTB
2008).
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
49764
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
winning bidders in Auction 92 claimed
very small business status, winning a
total of four licenses.
77. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses. In
the 700 MHz Second Report and Order,
the Commission revised its rules
regarding Upper 700 MHz licenses.144
On January 24, 2008, the Commission
commenced Auction 73 in which
several licenses in the Upper 700 MHz
band were available for licensing: 12
Regional Economic Area Grouping
licenses in the C Block, and one
nationwide license in the D Block.145
The auction concluded on March 18,
2008, with 3 winning bidders claiming
very small business status (those with
attributable average annual gross
revenues that do not exceed $15 million
for the preceding three years) and
winning five licenses.
78. 700 MHz Guard Band Licenses. In
2000, the Commission adopted the 700
MHz Guard Band Report and Order, in
which it established rules for the A and
B block licenses in the Upper 700 MHz
band, including size standards for
‘‘small businesses’’ and ‘‘very small
businesses’’ for purposes of determining
their eligibility for special provisions
such as bidding credits.146 A small
business in this service is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $40 million for
the preceding three years.147
Additionally, a very small business is an
entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that are not more than
$15 million for the preceding three
years.148 SBA approval of these
definitions is not required.149 An
auction of these licenses was conducted
in 2000.150 Of the 104 licenses
auctioned, 96 licenses were won by nine
bidders. Five of these bidders were
small businesses that won a total of 26
licenses. A second auction of 700 MHz
Guard Band licenses was held in 2001.
All eight of the licenses auctioned were
144 700 MHz Second Report and Order, 22 FCC
Rcd 15289.
145 See Auction of 700 MHz Band Licenses Closes,
Public Notice, 23 FCC Rcd 4572 (WTB 2008).
146 See Service Rules for the 746–764 MHz Bands,
and Revisions to Part 27 of the Commission’s Rules,
Second Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd 5299 (2000)
(‘‘700 MHz Guard Band Report and Order’’).
147 See 700 MHz Guard Band Report and Order,
15 FCC Rcd at 5343, para. 108.
148 See id.
149 See id., 15 FCC Rcd 5299, 5343, para. 108
n.246 (for the 746–764 MHz and 776–794 MHz
bands, the Commission is exempt from 15 U.S.C.
632, which requires Federal agencies to obtain SBA
approval before adopting small business size
standards).
150 See ‘‘700 MHz Guard Bands Auction Closes:
Winning Bidders Announced,’’ Public Notice, 15
FCC Rcd 18026 (2000).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
sold to three bidders. One of these
bidders was a small business that won
a total of two licenses.151
79. Specialized Mobile Radio. The
Commission adopted small business
size standards for the purpose of
determining eligibility for bidding
credits in auctions of Specialized
Mobile Radio (SMR) geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
bands. The Commission defined a
‘‘small business’’ as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for
the preceding three years.152 The
Commission defined a ‘‘very small
business’’ as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues
not exceeding $3 million for the
preceding three years.153 The SBA has
approved these small business size
standards for both the 800 MHz and 900
MHz SMR Service.154 The first 900 MHz
SMR auction was completed in 1996.
Sixty bidders claiming that they
qualified as small businesses under the
$15 million size standard won 263
licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band. In
2004, the Commission held a second
auction of 900 MHz SMR licenses and
three winning bidders identifying
themselves as very small businesses
won 7 licenses.155 The auction of 800
MHz SMR licenses for the upper 200
channels was conducted in 1997. Ten
bidders claiming that they qualified as
small or very small businesses under the
$15 million size standard won 38
licenses for the upper 200 channels.156
A second auction of 800 MHz SMR
licenses was conducted in 2002 and
included 23 BEA licenses. One bidder
claiming small business status won five
licenses.157
80. The auction of the 1,053 800 MHz
SMR licenses for the General Category
channels was conducted in 2000. Eleven
bidders who won 108 licenses for the
General Category channels in the 800
MHz SMR band qualified as small or
151 See ‘‘700 MHz Guard Bands Auction Closes:
Winning Bidders Announced,’’ Public Notice, 16
FCC Rcd 4590 (WTB 2001).
152 47 CFR 90.810, 90.814(b), 90.912.
153 47 CFR 90.810, 90.814(b), 90.912.
154 See Alvarez Letter 1999.
155 See 900 MHz Specialized Mobile Radio
Service Spectrum Auction Closes: Winning Bidders
Announced,’’ Public Notice, 19 FCC Rcd. 3921
(WTB 2004).
156 See ‘‘Correction to Public Notice DA 96–586
‘FCC Announces Winning Bidders in the Auction
of 1020 Licenses to Provide 900 MHz SMR in Major
Trading Areas,’’’ Public Notice, 18 FCC Rcd 18367
(WTB 1996).
157 See ‘‘Multi-Radio Service Auction Closes,’’
Public Notice, 17 FCC Rcd 1446 (WTB 2002).
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
very small businesses.158 In an auction
completed in 2000, a total of 2,800
Economic Area licenses in the lower 80
channels of the 800 MHz SMR service
were awarded.159 Of the 22 winning
bidders, 19 claimed small or very small
business status and won 129 licenses.
Thus, combining all four auctions, 41
winning bidders for geographic licenses
in the 800 MHz SMR band claimed to
be small businesses.
81. In addition, there are numerous
incumbent site-by-site SMR licensees
and licensees with extended
implementation authorizations in the
800 and 900 MHz bands. We do not
know how many firms provide 800 MHz
or 900 MHz geographic area SMR
pursuant to extended implementation
authorizations, nor how many of these
providers have annual revenues not
exceeding $15 million. One firm has
over $15 million in revenues. In
addition, we do not know how many of
these firms have 1500 or fewer
employees.160 We assume, for purposes
of this analysis, that all of the remaining
existing extended implementation
authorizations are held by small
entities, as that small business size
standard is approved by the SBA.
82. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase I
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase
I licensing was conducted by lotteries in
1992 and 1993. There are approximately
1,515 such non-nationwide licensees
and four nationwide licensees currently
authorized to operate in the 220 MHz
band. The Commission has not
developed a small business size
standard for small entities specifically
applicable to such incumbent 220 MHz
Phase I licensees. To estimate the
number of such licensees that are small
businesses, the Commission applies the
small business size standard under the
SBA rules applicable. The SBA has
deemed a wireless business to be small
if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.161
For this service, the SBA uses the
category of Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Census data for 2007, which
supersede data contained in the 2002
158 See ‘‘800 MHz Specialized Mobile Radio
(SMR) Service General Category (851–854 MHz) and
Upper Band (861–865 MHz) Auction Closes;
Winning Bidders Announced,’’ Public Notice, 15
FCC Rcd 17162 (2000).
159 See, ‘‘800 MHz SMR Service Lower 80
Channels Auction Closes; Winning Bidders
Announced,’’ Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 1736
(2000).
160 See generally 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code
517210.
161 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210 (2007
NAICS). The now-superseded, pre-2007 C.F.R.
citations were 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS codes
517211 and 517212 (referring to the 2002 NAICS).
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
Census, show that there were 1,383
firms that operated that year.162 Of those
1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100
employees, and 15 firms had more than
100 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small.
83. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase II
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The
Phase II 220 MHz service licenses are
assigned by auction, where mutually
exclusive applications are accepted. In
the 220 MHz Third Report and Order,
the Commission adopted a small
business size standard for defining
‘‘small’’ and ‘‘very small’’ businesses for
purposes of determining their eligibility
for special provisions such as bidding
credits.163 This small business standard
indicates that a ‘‘small business’’ is an
entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $15
million for the preceding three years.164
A ‘‘very small business’’ is defined as an
entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that do not exceed $3
million for the preceding three years.165
The SBA has approved these small size
standards.166 Auctions of Phase II
licenses commenced on and closed in
1998.167 In the first auction, 908
licenses were auctioned in three
different-sized geographic areas: three
nationwide licenses, 30 Regional
Economic Area Group (EAG) Licenses,
and 875 Economic Area (EA) Licenses.
Of the 908 licenses auctioned, 693 were
sold.168 Thirty-nine small businesses
won 373 licenses in the first 220 MHz
auction. A second auction included 225
licenses: 216 EA licenses and 9 EAG
licenses. Fourteen companies claiming
small business status won 158
162 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20,
2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=
EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
163 Amendment of Part 90 of the Commission’s
Rules to Provide For the Use of the 220–222 MHz
Band by the Private Land Mobile Radio Service,
Third Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd 10943, 11068–
70 paras. 291–295 (1997).
164 Id. at 11068 para. 291.
165 Id.
166 See Letter to Daniel Phythyon, Chief, Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau, Federal
Communications Commission, from Aida Alvarez,
Administrator, Small Business Administration,
dated January 6, 1998 (Alvarez to Phythyon Letter
1998).
167 See generally 220 MHz Service Auction Closes,
Public Notice, 14 FCC Rcd 605 (WTB 1998).
168 See FCC Announces It is Prepared to Grant
654 Phase II 220 MHz Licenses After Final Payment
is Made, Public Notice, 14 FCC Rcd 1085 (WTB
1999).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
licenses.169 A third auction included
four licenses: 2 BEA licenses and 2 EAG
licenses in the 220 MHz Service. No
small or very small business won any of
these licenses.170 In 2007, the
Commission conducted a fourth auction
of the 220 MHz licenses, designated as
Auction 72.171 Auction 72, which
offered 94 Phase II 220 MHz Service
licenses, concluded in 2007.172 In this
auction, five winning bidders won a
total of 76 licenses. Two winning
bidders identified themselves as very
small businesses won 56 of the 76
licenses. One of the winning bidders
that identified themselves as a small
business won 5 of the 76 licenses won.
84. Private Land Mobile Radio
(‘‘PLMR’’). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial,
business, land transportation, and
public safety activities. These radios are
used by companies of all sizes operating
in all U.S. business categories, and are
often used in support of the licensee’s
primary (non-telecommunications)
business operations. For the purpose of
determining whether a licensee of a
PLMR system is a small business as
defined by the SBA, we use the broad
census category, Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that
a small entity is any such entity
employing no more than 1,500
persons.173 The Commission does not
require PLMR licensees to disclose
information about number of
employees, so the Commission does not
have information that could be used to
determine how many PLMR licensees
constitute small entities under this
definition. We note that PLMR licensees
generally use the licensed facilities in
support of other business activities, and
therefore, it would also be helpful to
assess PLMR licensees under the
standards applied to the particular
industry subsector to which the licensee
belongs.174
85. As of March 2010, there were
424,162 PLMR licensees operating
169 See Phase II 220 MHz Service Spectrum
Auction Closes, Public Notice, 14 FCC Rcd 11218
(WTB 1999).
170 See Multi-Radio Service Auction Closes,
Public Notice, 17 FCC Rcd 1446 (WTB 2002).
171 See ‘‘Auction of Phase II 220 MHz Service
Spectrum Scheduled for June 20, 2007, Notice and
Filing Requirements, Minimum Opening Bids,
Upfront Payments and Other Procedures for
Auction 72, Public Notice, 22 FCC Rcd 3404 (2007).
172 See Auction of Phase II 220 MHz Service
Spectrum Licenses Closes, Winning Bidders
Announced for Auction 72, Down Payments due
July 18, 2007, FCC Forms 601 and 602 due July 18,
2007, Final Payments due August 1, 2007, Ten-Day
Petition to Deny Period, Public Notice, 22 FCC Rcd
11573 (2007).
173 See 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
174 See generally 13 CFR 121.201.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49765
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands
below 512 MHz. We note that any entity
engaged in a commercial activity is
eligible to hold a PLMR license, and that
any revised rules in this context could
therefore potentially impact small
entities covering a great variety of
industries.
86. Fixed Microwave Services.
Microwave services include common
carrier,175 private-operational fixed,176
and broadcast auxiliary radio
services.177 They also include the Local
Multipoint Distribution Service
(‘‘LMDS’’),178 the Digital Electronic
Message Service (‘‘DEMS’’),179 and the
24 GHz Service,180 where licensees can
choose between common carrier and
non-common carrier status.181 The
Commission has not yet defined a small
business with respect to microwave
services. For purposes of this IRFA, the
Commission will use the SBA’s
definition applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
satellite)—i.e., an entity with no more
than 1,500 persons is considered
small.182 For the category of Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite), Census data for 2007 shows
that there were 1,383 firms that operated
that year.183 Of those 1,383, 1,368 had
fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms
had more than 100 employees. Thus
under this category and the associated
small business size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered
small. The Commission notes that the
number of firms does not necessarily
track the number of licensees. The
Commission estimates that virtually all
of the Fixed Microwave licensees
(excluding broadcast auxiliary
licensees) would qualify as small
entities under the SBA definition.
87. 39 GHz Service. The Commission
adopted small business size standards
for 39 GHz licenses. A ‘‘small business’’
175 See
47 CFR Part 101, subparts C and I.
id. subparts C and H.
177 Auxiliary Microwave Service is governed by
part 74 of Title 47 of the Commission’s rules. See
47 CFR part 74. Available to licensees of broadcast
stations and to broadcast and cable network
entities, broadcast auxiliary microwave stations are
used for relaying broadcast television signals from
the studio to the transmitter, or between two points
such as a main studio and an auxiliary studio. The
service also includes mobile TV pickups, which
relay signals from a remote location back to the
studio.
178 See 47 CFR part 101, subpart L.
179 See id. subpart G.
180 See id.
181 See 47 CFR 101.533, 101.1017.
182 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
183 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20,
2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=
EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&_lang=en.
176 See
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
49766
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
is defined as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues
not exceeding $40 million in the
preceding three years.184 A ‘‘very small
business’’ is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues of not more than $15 million
for the preceding three years.185 The
SBA has approved these small business
size standards.186 In 2000, the
Commission conducted an auction of
2,173 39 GHz licenses. A total of 18
bidders who claimed small or very
small business status won 849 licenses.
88. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service. Local Multipoint Distribution
Service (‘‘LMDS’’) is a fixed broadband
point-to-multipoint microwave service
that provides for two-way video
telecommunications.187 The
Commission established a small
business size standard for LMDS
licenses as an entity that has average
gross revenues of less than $40 million
in the three previous years.188 An
additional small business size standard
for ‘‘very small business’’ was added as
an entity that, together with its affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three
years.189 The SBA has approved these
small business size standards in the
context of LMDS auctions.190 There
were 93 winning bidders that qualified
as small entities in the LMDS auctions.
A total of 93 small and very small
business bidders won approximately
277 A Block licenses and 387 B Block
licenses. In 1999, the Commission reauctioned 161 licenses; there were 32
small and very small businesses
winning that won 119 licenses.
89. 218–219 MHz Service. The first
auction of 218–219 MHz Service
184 See Amendment of the Commission’s Rules
Regarding the 37.0–38.6 GHz and 38.6–40.0 GHz
Bands, ET Docket No. 95–183, Report and Order, 12
FCC Rcd 18600 (1997).
185 Id.
186 See Letter from Aida Alvarez, Administrator,
SBA, to Kathleen O’Brien Ham, Chief, Auctions and
Industry Analysis Division, WTB, FCC (Feb. 4,
1998); see Letter from Hector Barreto,
Administrator, SBA, to Margaret Wiener, Chief,
Auctions and Industry Analysis Division, WTB,
FCC (Jan. 18, 2002).
187 See Rulemaking to Amend Parts 1, 2, 21, 25,
of the Commission’s Rules to Redesignate the 27.5–
29.5 GHz Frequency Band, Reallocate the 29.5–30.5
Frequency Band, to Establish Rules and Policies for
Local Multipoint Distribution Service and for Fixed
Satellite Services, CC Docket No. 92–297, Second
Report and Order, Order on Reconsideration, and
Fifth Notice of Proposed Rule Making, 12 FCC Rcd
12545, 12689–90, para. 348 (1997) (‘‘LMDS Second
Report and Order’’).
188 See LMDS Second Report and Order, 12 FCC
Rcd at 12689–90, para. 348.
189 See id.
190 See Alvarez to Phythyon Letter 1998.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
(previously referred to as the Interactive
and Video Data Service or IVDS)
licenses resulted in 170 entities winning
licenses for 594 Metropolitan Statistical
Areas (‘‘MSAs’’).191 Of the 594 licenses,
557 were won by 167 entities qualifying
as a small business. For that auction, the
Commission defined a small business as
an entity that, together with its affiliates,
has no more than a $6 million net worth
and, after federal income taxes
(excluding any carry over losses), has no
more than $2 million in annual profits
each year for the previous two years.192
In the 218–219 MHz Report and Order
and Memorandum Opinion and Order,
the Commission revised its small
business size standards for the 218–219
MHz Service and defined a small
business as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and persons or entities that
hold interests in such an entity and
their affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for
the preceding three years.193 The
Commission defined a ‘‘very small
business’’ as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and persons or entities
that hold interests in such an entity and
its affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues not exceeding $3 million for
the preceding three years.194 The SBA
has approved these definitions.195
90. Location and Monitoring Service
(‘‘LMS’’). Multilateration LMS systems
use non-voice radio techniques to
determine the location and status of
mobile radio units. For auctions of LMS
licenses, the Commission has defined a
‘‘small business’’ as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and
affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the preceding three years
not exceeding $15 million.196 A ‘‘very
small business’’ is defined as an entity
that, together with controlling interests
and affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the preceding three years
not exceeding $3 million.197 These
191 See ‘‘Interactive Video and Data Service
(IVDS) Applications Accepted for Filing,’’ Public
Notice, 9 FCC Rcd 6227 (1994).
192 Implementation of Section 309(j) of the
Communications Act—Competitive Bidding, Fourth
Report and Order, 9 FCC Rcd 2330 (1994).
193 Amendment of Part 95 of the Commission’s
Rules to Provide Regulatory Flexibility in the 218–
219 MHz Service, Report and Order and
Memorandum Opinion and Order, 15 FCC Rcd 1497
(1999).
194 Id.
195 See Alvarez to Phythyon Letter 1998.
196 Amendment of Part 90 of the Commission’s
Rules to Adopt Regulations for Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring Systems, Second Report and Order, 13
FCC Rcd 15182, 15192, para. 20 (1998) (‘‘Automatic
Vehicle Monitoring Systems Second Report and
Order’’); see also 47 CFR 90.1103.
197 Automatic Vehicle Monitoring Systems
Second Report and Order, 13 FCC Rcd at 15192,
para. 20; see also 47 CFR 90.1103.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
definitions have been approved by the
SBA.198 An auction of LMS licenses was
conducted in 1999. Of the 528 licenses
auctioned, 289 licenses were sold to
four small businesses.
91. Rural Radiotelephone Service. The
Commission has not adopted a size
standard for small businesses specific to
the Rural Radiotelephone Service.199 A
significant subset of the Rural
Radiotelephone Service is the Basic
Exchange Telephone Radio System
(‘‘BETRS’’).200 For purposes of its
analysis of the Rural Radiotelephone
Service, the Commission uses the SBA
small business size standard for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except satellite),’’ which is
1,500 or fewer employees.201 Census
data for 2007 shows that there were
1,383 firms that operated that year.202
Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than
100 employees, and 15 firms had more
than 100 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
firms in the Rural Radiotelephone
Service can be considered small.
92. Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service.203 The Commission has
previously used the SBA’s small
business definition applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), i.e., an entity
employing no more than 1,500
persons.204 There are approximately 100
licensees in the Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service, and under that
definition, we estimate that almost all of
them qualify as small entities under the
SBA definition. For purposes of
assigning Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service licenses through competitive
bidding, the Commission has defined
‘‘small business’’ as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and
affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the preceding three years
not exceeding $40 million.205 A ‘‘very
198 See
Alvarez Letter 1998.
service is defined in section 22.99 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 22.99.
200 BETRS is defined in sections 22.757 and
22.759 of the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 22.757
and 22.759.
201 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
202 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20,
2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_
name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
203 The service is defined in section 22.99 of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 22.99.
204 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS codes 517210.
205 Amendment of Part 22 of the Commission’s
Rules to Benefit the Consumers of Air-Ground
Telecommunications Services, Biennial Regulatory
Review—Amendment of Parts 1, 22, and 90 of the
Commission’s Rules, Amendment of Parts 1 and 22
of the Commission’s Rules to Adopt Competitive
199 The
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
small business’’ is defined as an entity
that, together with controlling interests
and affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the preceding three years
not exceeding $15 million.206 These
definitions were approved by the
SBA.207 In 2006, the Commission
completed an auction of nationwide
commercial Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service licenses in the 800 MHz band
(Auction 65). The auction closed with
two winning bidders winning two AirGround Radiotelephone Services
licenses. Neither of the winning bidders
claimed small business status.
93. Aviation and Marine Radio
Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use
a very high frequency (‘‘VHF’’) marine
or aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an
emergency position-indicating radio
beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency
locator transmitter. The Commission has
not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these
small businesses. For purposes of this
analysis, the Commission uses the SBA
small business size standard for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except satellite),’’ which is
1,500 or fewer employees.208 Census
data for 2007 shows that there were
1,383 firms that operated that year.209
Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than
100 employees, and 15 firms had more
than 100 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small.
94. Offshore Radiotelephone Service.
This service operates on several UHF
television broadcast channels that are
not used for television broadcasting in
the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico.210 There are presently
approximately 55 licensees in this
service. The Commission is unable to
estimate at this time the number of
licensees that would qualify as small
under the SBA’s small business size
standard for the category of Wireless
Bidding Rules for Commercial and General Aviation
Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service, WT Docket
Nos. 03–103 and 05–42, Order on Reconsideration
and Report and Order, 20 FCC Rcd 19663, paras.
28–42 (2005).
206 Id.
207 See Letter from Hector V. Barreto,
Administrator, SBA, to Gary D. Michaels, Deputy
Chief, Auctions and Spectrum Access Division,
WTB, FCC (Sept. 19, 2005).
208 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
209 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20,
2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
210 This service is governed by subpart I of part
22 of the Commission’s rules. See 47 CFR 22.1001–
22.1037.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under that standard.211 Under
that SBA small business size standard,
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees.212 Census data for
2007 shows that there were 1,383 firms
that operated that year.213 Of those
1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100
employees, and 15 firms had more than
100 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small.
95. Multiple Address Systems
(‘‘MAS’’). Entities using MAS spectrum,
in general, fall into two categories: (1)
those using the spectrum for profitbased uses, and (2) those using the
spectrum for private internal uses. The
Commission defines a small business for
MAS licenses as an entity that has
average gross revenues of less than $15
million in the preceding three years.214
A very small business is defined as an
entity that, together with its affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $3 million for the preceding three
years.215 The SBA has approved these
definitions.216 The majority of these
entities will most likely be licensed in
bands where the Commission has
implemented a geographic area
licensing approach that would require
the use of competitive bidding
procedures to resolve mutually
exclusive applications. The
Commission’s licensing database
indicates that, as of March 5, 2010, there
were over 11,500 MAS station
authorizations. In 2001, an auction of
5,104 MAS licenses in 176 EAs was
conducted.217 Seven winning bidders
claimed status as small or very small
businesses and won 611 licenses. In
2005, the Commission completed an
auction (Auction 59) of 4,226 MAS
licenses in the Fixed Microwave
Services from the 928/959 and 932/941
MHz bands. Twenty-six winning
bidders won a total of 2,323 licenses. Of
the 26 winning bidders in this auction,
five claimed small business status and
won 1,891 licenses.
211 13
CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
212 Id.
213 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20,
2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_
name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
214 See Amendment of the Commission’s Rules
Regarding Multiple Address Systems, Report and
Order, 15 FCC Rcd 11956, 12008, para. 123 (2000).
215 Id.
216 See Alvarez Letter 1999.
217 See ‘‘Multiple Address Systems Spectrum
Auction Closes,’’ Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 21011
(2001).
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49767
96. With respect to entities that use,
or seek to use, MAS spectrum to
accommodate internal communications
needs, we note that MAS serves an
essential role in a range of industrial,
safety, business, and land transportation
activities. MAS radios are used by
companies of all sizes, operating in
virtually all U.S. business categories,
and by all types of public safety entities.
For the majority of private internal
users, the small business size standard
developed by the SBA would be more
appropriate. The applicable size
standard in this instance appears to be
that of Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). This
definition provides that a small entity is
any such entity employing no more than
1,500 persons.218 The Commission’s
licensing database indicates that, as of
January 20, 1999, of the 8,670 total MAS
station authorizations, 8,410
authorizations were for private radio
service, and of these, 1,433 were for
private land mobile radio service.
97. 1.4 GHz Band Licensees. The
Commission conducted an auction of 64
1.4 GHz band licenses in the paired
1392–1395 MHz and 1432–1435 MHz
bands, and in the unpaired 1390–1392
MHz band in 2007.219 For these
licenses, the Commission defined
‘‘small business’’ as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling interests, had average gross
revenues not exceeding $40 million for
the preceding three years, and a ‘‘very
small business’’ as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling interests, has had average
annual gross revenues not exceeding
$15 million for the preceding three
years.220 Neither of the two winning
bidders claimed small business
status.221
98. Incumbent 24 GHz Licensees. This
analysis may affect incumbent licensees
who were relocated to the 24 GHz band
from the 18 GHz band, and applicants
who wish to provide services in the 24
GHz band. For this service, the
Commission uses the SBA small
business size standard for the category
‘‘Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite),’’ which is 1,500 or
fewer employees.222 To gauge small
business prevalence for these cable
services we must, however, use the most
218 See
13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
‘‘Auction of 1.4 GHz Band Licenses
Scheduled for February 7, 2007,’’ Public Notice, 21
FCC Rcd 12393 (WTB 2006); ‘‘Auction of 1.4 GHz
Band Licenses Closes; Winning Bidders Announced
for Auction No. 69,’’ Public Notice, 22 FCC Rcd
4714 (2007) (‘‘Auction No. 69 Closing PN’’).
220 Auction No. 69 Closing PN, Attachment C.
221 See Auction No. 69 Closing PN.
222 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
219 See
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
49768
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
current census data. Census data for
2007 shows that there were 1,383 firms
that operated that year.223 Of those
1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100
employees, and 15 firms had more than
100 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of
firms can be considered small. The
Commission notes that the Census’ use
of the classifications ‘‘firms’’ does not
track the number of ‘‘licenses’’. The
Commission believes that there are only
two licensees in the 24 GHz band that
were relocated from the 18 GHz band,
Teligent 224 and TRW, Inc. It is our
understanding that Teligent and its
related companies have less than 1,500
employees, though this may change in
the future. TRW is not a small entity.
Thus, only one incumbent licensee in
the 24 GHz band is a small business
entity.
99. Future 24 GHz Licensees. With
respect to new applicants for licenses in
the 24 GHz band, for the purpose of
determining eligibility for bidding
credits, the Commission established
three small business definitions. An
‘‘entrepreneur’’ is defined as an entity
that, together with controlling interests
and affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the three preceding years
not exceeding $40 million.225 A ‘‘small
business’’ is defined as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and
affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the three preceding years
not exceeding $15 million.226 A ‘‘very
small business’’ in the 24 GHz band is
defined as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average gross revenues not exceeding $3
million for the preceding three years.227
The SBA has approved these small
business size standards.228 In a 2004
auction of 24 GHz licenses, three
223 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20,
2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_
name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
224 Teligent acquired the DEMS licenses of
FirstMark, the only licensee other than TRW in the
24 GHz band whose license has been modified to
require relocation to the 24 GHz band.
225 Amendments to Parts 1, 2, 87 and 101 of the
Commission’s Rules To License Fixed Services at 24
GHz, Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd 16934, 16967
para 77 (2000) (‘‘24 GHz Report and Order’’); see
also 47 CFR 101.538(a)(3).
226 24 GHz Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at
16967 para. 77; see also 47 CFR 101.538(a)(2).
227 24 GHz Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at
16967 para. 77; see also 47 CFR 101.538(a)(1).
228 See Letter to Margaret W. Wiener, Deputy
Chief, Auctions and Industry Analysis Division,
Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, FCC, from
Gary M. Jackson, Assistant Administrator, SBA
(July 28, 2000).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
winning bidders won seven licenses.229
Two of the winning bidders were very
small businesses that won five licenses.
100. Broadband Radio Service and
Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems,
previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (‘‘MDS’’) and
Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (‘‘MMDS’’) systems, and
‘‘wireless cable,’’ transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide
two-way high speed data operations
using the microwave frequencies of the
Broadband Radio Service (‘‘BRS’’) and
Educational Broadband Service (‘‘EBS’’)
(previously referred to as the
Instructional Television Fixed Service
(‘‘ITFS’’).230 In connection with the
1996 BRS auction, the Commission
established a small business size
standard as an entity that had annual
average gross revenues of no more than
$40 million in the previous three
years.231 The BRS auctions resulted in
67 successful bidders obtaining
licensing opportunities for 493 Basic
Trading Areas (‘‘BTAs’’). Of the 67
auction winners, 61 met the definition
of a small business. BRS also includes
licensees of stations authorized prior to
the auction. At this time, we estimate
that of the 61 small business BRS
auction winners, 48 remain small
business licensees. In addition to the 48
small businesses that hold BTA
authorizations, there are approximately
392 incumbent BRS licensees that are
considered small entities.232 After
adding the number of small business
auction licensees to the number of
incumbent licensees not already
counted, we find that there are currently
approximately 440 BRS licensees that
are defined as small businesses under
either the SBA or the Commission’s
rules. In 2009, the Commission
conducted Auction 86, the sale of 78
229 Auction of 24 GHz Service Spectrum Auction
Closes, Winning Bidders Announced for Auction 56,
Down Payments Due August 16, 2004, Final
Payments Due August 30, 2004, Ten-Day Petition to
Deny Period, Public Notice, 19 FCC Rcd 14738
(2004).
230 Amendment of Parts 21 and 74 of the
Commission’s Rules with Regard to Filing
Procedures in the Multipoint Distribution Service
and in the Instructional Television Fixed Service
and Implementation of Section 309(j) of the
Communications Act—Competitive Bidding, MM
Docket No. 94–131, PP Docket No. 93–253, Report
and Order, 10 FCC Rcd 9589, 9593 para. 7 (1995).
231 47 CFR 21.961(b)(1).
232 47 U.S.C. 309(j). Hundreds of stations were
licensed to incumbent MDS licensees prior to
implementation of Section 309(j) of the
Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. 309(j). For
these pre-auction licenses, the applicable standard
is SBA’s small business size standard of 1500 or
fewer employees.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
licenses in the BRS areas.233 The
Commission offered three levels of
bidding credits: (i) A bidder with
attributed average annual gross revenues
that exceed $15 million and do not
exceed $40 million for the preceding
three years (small business) will receive
a 15 percent discount on its winning
bid; (ii) a bidder with attributed average
annual gross revenues that exceed $3
million and do not exceed $15 million
for the preceding three years (very small
business) will receive a 25 percent
discount on its winning bid; and (iii) a
bidder with attributed average annual
gross revenues that do not exceed $3
million for the preceding three years
(entrepreneur) will receive a 35 percent
discount on its winning bid.234 Auction
86 concluded in 2009 with the sale of
61 licenses.235 Of the ten winning
bidders, two bidders that claimed small
business status won 4 licenses; one
bidder that claimed very small business
status won three licenses; and two
bidders that claimed entrepreneur status
won six licenses.
101. In addition, the SBA’s Cable
Television Distribution Services small
business size standard is applicable to
EBS. There are presently 2,032 EBS
licensees. All but 100 of these licenses
are held by educational institutions.
Educational institutions are included in
this analysis as small entities.236 Thus,
we estimate that at least 1,932 licensees
are small businesses. Since 2007, Cable
Television Distribution Services have
been defined within the broad economic
census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
233 Auction of Broadband Radio Service (BRS)
Licenses, Scheduled for October 27, 2009, Notice
and Filing Requirements, Minimum Opening Bids,
Upfront Payments, and Other Procedures for
Auction 86, Public Notice, 24 FCC Rcd 8277 (2009).
234 Id. at 8296.
235 Auction of Broadband Radio Service Licenses
Closes, Winning Bidders Announced for Auction 86,
Down Payments Due November 23, 2009, Final
Payments Due December 8, 2009, Ten-Day Petition
to Deny Period, Public Notice, 24 FCC Rcd 13572
(2009).
236 The term ‘‘small entity’’ within SBREFA
applies to small organizations (nonprofits) and to
small governmental jurisdictions (cities, counties,
towns, townships, villages, school districts, and
special districts with populations of less than
50,000). 5 U.S.C. 601(4)–(6). We do not collect
annual revenue data on EBS licensees.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
technologies.’’ 237 For these services, the
Commission uses the SBA small
business size standard for the category
‘‘Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite),’’ which is 1,500 or
fewer employees.238 To gauge small
business prevalence for these cable
services we must, however, use the most
current census data. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 955 firms in this previous
category that operated for the entire
year.239 Of this total, 939 firms
employed 999 or fewer employees, and
16 firms employed 1,000 employees or
more.240 Thus, the majority of these
firms can be considered small.
102. Television Broadcasting. This
Economic Census category ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
broadcasting images together with
sound. These establishments operate
television broadcasting studios and
facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the
public.’’ 241 The SBA has created the
following small business size standard
for Television Broadcasting firms: those
having $14 million or less in annual
receipts.242 The Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
commercial television stations to be
1,387.243 In addition, according to
Commission staff review of the BIA
Advisory Services, LLC’s Media Access
Pro Television Database on March 28,
2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300
commercial television stations (or
approximately 73 percent) had revenues
of $14 million or less.244 We therefore
estimate that the majority of commercial
television broadcasters are small
entities.
103. We note, however, that in
assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above
definition, business (control)
affiliations 245 must be included. Our
237 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
(partial definition), www.census.gov/naics/2007/
def/ND517110.HTM#N517110.
238 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
239 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Subject Series: Information, Table 5, Employment
Size of Firms for the United States: 2007, NAICS
code 5171102 (issued November 2010).
240 Id.
241 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
‘‘515120 Television Broadcasting’’ (partial
definition); https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/
ND515120.HTM#N515120.
242 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 515120 (updated
for inflation in 2010).
243 See FCC News Release, ‘‘Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2011,’’ dated January 6,
2012; https://hraunfoss.fcc.gov/edocs_public/
attachmatch/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
244 We recognize that BIA’s estimate differs
slightly from the FCC total given supra.
245 ‘‘[Business concerns] are affiliates of each
other when one concern controls or has the power
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
estimate, therefore, likely overstates the
number of small entities that might be
affected by our action because the
revenue figure on which it is based does
not include or aggregate revenues from
affiliated companies. In addition, an
element of the definition of ‘‘small
business’’ is that the entity not be
dominant in its field of operation. We
are unable at this time to define or
quantify the criteria that would
establish whether a specific television
station is dominant in its field of
operation. Accordingly, the estimate of
small businesses to which rules may
apply does not exclude any television
station from the definition of a small
business on this basis and is therefore
possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
104. In addition, the Commission has
estimated the number of licensed
noncommercial educational (NCE)
television stations to be 396.246 These
stations are non-profit, and therefore
considered to be small entities.247
105. In addition, there are also 2,528
low power television stations, including
Class A stations (LPTV).248 Given the
nature of these services, we will
presume that all LPTV licensees qualify
as small entities under the above SBA
small business size standard.
106. Radio Broadcasting. This
Economic Census category ‘‘comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
broadcasting aural programs by radio to
the public. Programming may originate
in their own studio, from an affiliated
network, or from external sources.’’ 249
The SBA has established a small
business size standard for this category,
which is: such firms having $7 million
or less in annual receipts.250 According
to Commission staff review of BIA
Advisory Services, LLC’s Media Access
Pro Radio Database on March 28, 2012,
about 10,759 (97%) of 11,102
commercial radio stations had revenues
of $7 million or less. Therefore, the
majority of such entities are small
entities.
107. We note, however, that in
assessing whether a business concern
to control the other or a third party or parties
controls or has to power to control both.’’ 13 CFR
21.103(a)(1).
246 See FCC News Release, ‘‘Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2011,’’ dated January 6,
2012; https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2012/db0106/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
247 See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
248 See FCC News Release, ‘‘Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2011,’’ dated January 6,
2012; https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2012/db0106/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
249 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
‘‘515112 Radio Stations’’; https://www.census.gov/
naics/2007/def/ND515112.HTM#N515112.
250 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 515112 (updated
for inflation in 2010).
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49769
qualifies as small under the above size
standard, business affiliations must be
included.251 In addition, to be
determined to be a ‘‘small business,’’ the
entity may not be dominant in its field
of operation.252 We note that it is
difficult at times to assess these criteria
in the context of media entities, and our
estimate of small businesses may
therefore be over-inclusive.
108. Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and
Other Program Distribution Services.
This service involves a variety of
transmitters, generally used to relay
broadcast programming to the public
(through translator and booster stations)
or within the program distribution chain
(from a remote news gathering unit back
to the station). The Commission has not
developed a definition of small entities
applicable to broadcast auxiliary
licensees. The applicable definitions of
small entities are those, noted
previously, under the SBA rules
applicable to radio broadcasting stations
and television broadcasting stations.253
109. The Commission estimates that
there are approximately 6,099 FM
translators and boosters.254 The
Commission does not collect financial
information on any broadcast facility,
and the Department of Commerce does
not collect financial information on
these auxiliary broadcast facilities. We
believe that most, if not all, of these
auxiliary facilities could be classified as
small businesses by themselves. We also
recognize that most commercial
translators and boosters are owned by a
parent station which, in some cases,
would be covered by the revenue
definition of small business entity
discussed above. These stations would
likely have annual revenues that exceed
the SBA maximum to be designated as
a small business ($7.0 million for a
radio station or $14.0 million for a TV
station). Furthermore, they do not meet
the Small Business Act’s definition of a
‘‘small business concern’’ because they
are not independently owned and
operated.255
110. Cable Television Distribution
Services. Since 2007, these services
have been defined within the broad
251 ‘‘Concerns and entities are affiliates of each
other when one controls or has the power to control
the other, or a third party or parties controls or has
the power to control both. It does not matter
whether control is exercised, so long as the power
to control exists.’’ 13 CFR 121.103(a)(1) (an SBA
regulation).
252 13 CFR 121.102(b) (an SBA regulation).
253 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS codes 515112 and
515120.
254 See FCC News Release, ‘‘Broadcast Station
Totals as of December 31, 2011,’’ dated January 6,
2012; https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/
Daily_Business/2012/db0106/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
255 See 15 U.S.C. 632.
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
49770
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ 256 The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for this category, which is: all
such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census data for 2007 shows
that there were 1,383 firms that operated
that year.257 Of those 1,383, 1,368 had
fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms
had more than 100 employees. Thus
under this category and the associated
small business size standard, the
majority of such firms can be considered
small.
111. Cable Companies and Systems.
The Commission has also developed its
own small business size standards, for
the purpose of cable rate regulation.
Under the Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small
cable company’’ is one serving 400,000
or fewer subscribers, nationwide.258
Industry data indicate that, of 1,076
cable operators nationwide, all but
eleven are small under this size
standard.259 In addition, under the
Commission’s rules, a ‘‘small system’’ is
a cable system serving 15,000 or fewer
subscribers.260 Industry data indicate
that, of 6,635 systems nationwide, 5,802
systems have under 10,000 subscribers,
and an additional 302 systems have
10,000–19,999 subscribers.261 Thus,
256 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
(partial definition), https://www.census.gov/naics/
2007/def/ND517110.HTM#N517110 (last visited
Oct. 21, 2009).
257 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Sector 51, 2007 NAICS code 517210 (released Oct.
20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_
name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_
name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
258 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission
determined that this size standard equates
approximately to a size standard of $100 million or
less in annual revenues. Implementation of Sections
of the 1992 Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report
and Order and Eleventh Order on Reconsideration,
10 FCC Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).
259 These data are derived from: R.R. Bowker,
Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2006, ‘‘Top 25
Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ pages A–8 & C–2 (data
current as of June 30, 2005); Warren
Communications News, Television & Cable
Factbook 2006, ‘‘Ownership of Cable Systems in the
United States,’’ pages D–1805 to D–1857.
260 47 CFR 76.901(c).
261 Warren Communications News, Television &
Cable Factbook 2008, ‘‘U.S. Cable Systems by
Subscriber Size,’’ page F–2 (data current as of Oct.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
under this second size standard, most
cable systems are small.
112. Cable System Operators. The
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard
for small cable system operators, which
is ‘‘a cable operator that, directly or
through an affiliate, serves in the
aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is
not affiliated with any entity or entities
whose gross annual revenues in the
aggregate exceed $250,000,000.’’ 262 The
Commission has determined that an
operator serving fewer than 677,000
subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when
combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not
exceed $250 million in the aggregate.263
Industry data indicate that, of 1,076
cable operators nationwide, all but ten
are small under this size standard.264
We note that the Commission neither
requests nor collects information on
whether cable system operators are
affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250
million,265 and therefore we are unable
to estimate more accurately the number
of cable system operators that would
qualify as small under this size
standard.
113. Open Video Systems. Open
Video Service (OVS) systems provide
subscription services.266 The open video
system (‘‘OVS’’) framework was
established in 1996, and is one of four
statutorily recognized options for the
provision of video programming
services by local exchange carriers.267
The OVS framework provides
opportunities for the distribution of
video programming other than through
cable systems. Because OVS operators
provide subscription services,268 OVS
falls within the SBA small business size
2007). The data do not include 851 systems for
which classifying data were not available.
262 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) &
nn. 1–3.
263 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC
Announces New Subscriber Count for the Definition
of Small Cable Operator, DA 01–158 (Cable
Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).
264 These data are derived from: R.R. Bowker,
Broadcasting & Cable Yearbook 2006, ‘‘Top 25
Cable/Satellite Operators,’’ pages A–8 & C–2 (data
current as of June 30, 2005); Warren
Communications News, Television & Cable
Factbook 2006, ‘‘Ownership of Cable Systems in the
United States,’’ pages D–1805 to D–1857.
265 The Commission does receive such
information on a case-by-case basis if a cable
operator appeals a local franchise authority’s
finding that the operator does not qualify as a small
cable operator pursuant to section 76.901(f) of the
Commission’s rules. See 47 CFR 76.909(b).
266 See 47 U.S.C. 573.
267 47 U.S.C. 571(a)(3)–(4). See 13th Annual
Report, 24 FCC Rcd at 606, para. 135.
268 See 47 U.S.C. 573.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
standard covering cable services, which
is ‘‘Wired Telecommunications
Carriers.’’ 269 The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. To gauge
small business prevalence for the OVS
service, the Commission relies on data
currently available from the U.S. Census
for the year 2007. According to that
source, there were 3,188 firms that in
2007 were Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Of these, 3,144 operated with
less than 1,000 employees, and 44
operated with more than 1,000
employees. However, as to the latter 44
there is no data available that shows
how many operated with more than
1,500 employees. Based on this data, the
majority of these firms can be
considered small.270 In addition, we
note that the Commission has certified
some OVS operators, with some now
providing service.271 Broadband service
providers (‘‘BSPs’’) are currently the
only significant holders of OVS
certifications or local OVS franchises.272
The Commission does not have
financial or employment information
regarding the entities authorized to
provide OVS, some of which may not
yet be operational. Thus, at least some
of the OVS operators may qualify as
small entities. The Commission further
notes that it has certified approximately
45 OVS operators to serve 75 areas, and
some of these are currently providing
service.273 Affiliates of Residential
Communications Network, Inc. (RCN)
received approval to operate OVS
systems in New York City, Boston,
Washington, DC, and other areas. RCN
has sufficient revenues to assure that
they do not qualify as a small business
entity. Little financial information is
available for the other entities that are
authorized to provide OVS and are not
yet operational. Given that some entities
authorized to provide OVS service have
not yet begun to generate revenues, the
Commission concludes that up to 44
OVS operators (those remaining) might
qualify as small businesses that may be
269 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/
ND517110.HTM#N517110.
270 See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_
id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_
lang=en.
271 A list of OVS certifications may be found at
https://www.fcc.gov/mb/ovs/csovscer.html.
272 See 13th Annual Report, 24 FCC Rcd at 606–
07 para. 135. BSPs are newer firms that are building
state-of-the-art, facilities-based networks to provide
video, voice, and data services over a single
network.
273 See https://www.fcc.gov/mb/ovs/csovscer.html
(current as of February 2007).
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
affected by the rules and policies
adopted herein.
114. Cable Television Relay Service.
The industry in which Cable Television
Relay Services operate comprises
establishments primarily engaged in
operating and/or providing access to
transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the
transmission of voice, data, text, sound,
and video using wired
telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies. Establishments in this
industry use the wired
telecommunications network facilities
that they operate to provide a variety of
services, such as wired telephony
services, including VoIP services; wired
(cable) audio and video programming
distribution; and wired broadband
Internet services. By exception,
establishments providing satellite
television distribution services using
facilities and infrastructure that they
operate are included in this industry.274
The category designated by the SBA for
this industry is ‘‘Wired
Telecommunications Carriers.’’ 275 The
SBA has developed a small business
size standard for this category, which is:
all such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Census Bureau
data for 2007, Census data for 2007
shows 3,188 firms in this category.276 Of
these 3,188 firms, only 44 had 1,000 or
more employees. While we could not
find precise Census data on the number
of firms with in the group with 1,500 or
fewer employees, it is clear that at least
3,144 firms with fewer than 1,000
employees would be in that group. On
this basis, the Commission estimates
that a substantial majority of the
providers of interconnected VoIP, noninterconnected VoIP, or both in this
category, are small.277
115. Multichannel Video Distribution
and Data Service. MVDDS is a terrestrial
274 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
‘‘517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers’’
(partial definition); https://www.census.gov/naics/
2007/def/ND517110.HTM#N517110.
275 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
276 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_
name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
277 Id. As noted in para. 18 above with regard to
the distinction between manufacturers of
equipment used to provide interconnected VoIP
and manufactures of equipment to provide noninterconnected VoIP, our estimates of the number
of providers of non-interconnected VoIP (and the
number of small entities within that group) are
likely overstated because we could not draw in the
data a distinction between such providers and those
that provide interconnected VoIP. However, in the
absence of more accurate data, we present these
figures to provide as thorough an analysis of the
impact on small entities as we can at this time.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
fixed microwave service operating in
the 12.2–12.7 GHz band. The
Commission adopted criteria for
defining three groups of small
businesses for purposes of determining
their eligibility for special provisions
such as bidding credits. It defines a very
small business as an entity with average
annual gross revenues not exceeding $3
million for the preceding three years; a
small business as an entity with average
annual gross revenues not exceeding
$15 million for the preceding three
years; and an entrepreneur as an entity
with average annual gross revenues not
exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years.278 These definitions were
approved by the SBA.279 On January 27,
2004, the Commission completed an
auction of 214 MVDDS licenses
(Auction No. 53). In this auction, ten
winning bidders won a total of 192
MVDDS licenses.280 Eight of the ten
winning bidders claimed small business
status and won 144 of the licenses. The
Commission also held an auction of
MVDDS licenses on December 7, 2005
(Auction 63). Of the three winning
bidders who won 22 licenses, two
winning bidders, winning 21 of the
licenses, claimed small business
status.281
116. Amateur Radio Service. These
licensees are held by individuals in a
noncommercial capacity; these licensees
are not small entities.
117. Personal Radio Services.
Personal radio services provide shortrange, low power radio for personal
communications, radio signaling, and
business communications not provided
for in other services. The Personal Radio
Services include spectrum licensed
under Part 95 of our rules.282 These
services include Citizen Band Radio
Service (‘‘CB’’), General Mobile Radio
278 Amendment of Parts 2 and 25 of the
Commission’s Rules to Permit Operation of NGSO
FSS Systems Co-Frequency with GSO and
Terrestrial Systems in the Ku-Band Frequency
Range; Amendment of the Commission’s Rules to
Authorize Subsidiary Terrestrial Use of the 12.2–
12.7 GHz Band by Direct Broadcast Satellite
Licenses and their Affiliates; and Applications of
Broadwave USA, PDC Broadband Corporation, and
Satellite Receivers, Ltd. to provide A Fixed Service
in the 12.2–12.7 GHz Band, ET Docket No. 98–206,
Memorandum Opinion and Order and Second
Report and Order, 17 FCC Rcd 9614, 9711, para. 252
(2002).
279 See Letter from Hector V. Barreto,
Administrator, U.S. Small Business Administration,
to Margaret W. Wiener, Chief, Auctions and
Industry Analysis Division, WTB, FCC (Feb.13,
2002).
280 See ‘‘Multichannel Video Distribution and
Data Service Auction Closes,’’ Public Notice, 19
FCC Rcd 1834 (2004).
281 See ‘‘Auction of Multichannel Video
Distribution and Data Service Licenses Closes;
Winning Bidders Announced for Auction No. 63,’’
Public Notice, 20 FCC Rcd 19807 (2005).
282 47 CFR part 90.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
49771
Service (‘‘GMRS’’), Radio Control Radio
Service (‘‘R/C’’), Family Radio Service
(‘‘FRS’’), Wireless Medical Telemetry
Service (‘‘WMTS’’), Medical Implant
Communications Service (‘‘MICS’’), Low
Power Radio Service (‘‘LPRS’’), and
Multi-Use Radio Service (‘‘MURS’’).283
There are a variety of methods used to
license the spectrum in these rule parts,
from licensing by rule, to conditioning
operation on successful completion of a
required test, to site-based licensing, to
geographic area licensing. Under the
RFA, the Commission is required to
make a determination of which small
entities are directly affected by the rules
being proposed. Since all such entities
are wireless, we apply the definition of
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), pursuant to which a
small entity is defined as employing
1,500 or fewer persons.284 Many of the
licensees in these services are
individuals, and thus are not small
entities. In addition, due to the mostly
unlicensed and shared nature of the
spectrum utilized in many of these
services, the Commission lacks direct
information upon which to base an
estimation of the number of small
entities under an SBA definition that
might be directly affected by our action.
118. Public Safety Radio Services.
Public Safety radio services include
police, fire, local government, forestry
conservation, highway maintenance,
and emergency medical services.285
283 The Citizens Band Radio Service, General
Mobile Radio Service, Radio Control Radio Service,
Family Radio Service, Wireless Medical Telemetry
Service, Medical Implant Communications Service,
Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio
Service are governed by subpart D, subpart A,
subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I, subpart
G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the
Commission’s rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
284 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS Code 517210.
285 With the exception of the special emergency
service, these services are governed by subpart B of
part 90 of the Commission’s rules, 47 CFR 90.15–
90.27. The police service includes approximately
27,000 licensees that serve state, county, and
municipal enforcement through telephony (voice),
telegraphy (code) and teletype and facsimile
(printed material). The fire radio service includes
approximately 23,000 licensees comprised of
private volunteer or professional fire companies as
well as units under governmental control. The local
government service is presently comprised of
approximately 41,000 licensees that are state,
county, or municipal entities that use the radio for
official purposes not covered by other public safety
services. There are approximately 7,000 licensees
within the forestry service which is comprised of
licensees from state departments of conservation
and private forest organizations who set up
communications networks among fire lookout
towers and ground crews. The approximately 9,000
state and local governments are licensed for
highway maintenance service to provide emergency
and routine communications to aid other public
safety services to keep main roads safe for vehicular
traffic. The approximately 1,000 licensees in the
Emergency Medical Radio Service (‘‘EMRS’’) use
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
Continued
17AUP1
49772
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
There are a total of approximately
127,540 licensees in these services.
Governmental entities 286 as well as
private businesses comprise the
licensees for these services. All
governmental entities with populations
of less than 50,000 fall within the
definition of a small entity.287
119. Internet Service Providers.
Internet Service Providers, Web Portals
and Other Information Services. In
2007, the SBA recognized two new
small business economic census
categories. They are (1) Internet
Publishing and Broadcasting and Web
Search Portals,288 and (2) All Other
Information Services.289
120. Internet Service Providers. The
2007 Economic Census places these
firms, whose services might include
voice over Internet protocol (VoIP), in
either of two categories, depending on
whether the service is provided over the
provider’s own telecommunications
facilities (e.g., cable and DSL ISPs), or
over client-supplied
telecommunications connections (e.g.,
dial-up ISPs). The former are within the
category of Wired Telecommunications
Carriers,290 which has an SBA small
business size standard of 1,500 or fewer
employees.291 These are also labeled
‘‘broadband.’’ The latter are within the
category of All Other
Telecommunications,292 which has a
size standard of annual receipts of $25
million or less.293 These are labeled
non-broadband.
121. The most current Economic
Census data for all such firms are 2007
data, which are detailed specifically for
ISPs within the categories above. For the
first category, the data show that 396
firms operated for the entire year, of
which 159 had nine or fewer
employees.294 For the second category,
the data show that 1,682 firms operated
for the entire year.295 Of those, 1,675
had annual receipts below $25 million
per year, and an additional two had
receipts of between $25 million and $
49,999,999. Consequently, we estimate
that the majority of ISP firms are small
entities.
122. Internet Publishing and
Broadcasting and Web Search Portals.
This industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in 1) publishing and/
or broadcasting content on the Internet
exclusively or 2) operating Web sites
that use a search engine to generate and
maintain extensive databases of Internet
addresses and content in an easily
searchable format (and known as Web
search portals). The publishing and
broadcasting establishments in this
industry do not provide traditional
(non-Internet) versions of the content
that they publish or broadcast. They
provide textual, audio, and/or video
content of general or specific interest on
the Internet exclusively. Establishments
known as Web search portals often
provide additional Internet services,
such as email, connections to other web
sites, auctions, news, and other limited
content, and serve as a home base for
Internet users. 296 The SBA deems
businesses in this industry with 500 or
fewer employees small.297 According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
2,705 firms that provided one or more
of these services for that entire year. Of
these, 2,682 operated with less than 500
employees and 13 operated with to 999
employees.298 Consequently, we
estimate the majority of these firms are
small entities that may be affected by
our proposed actions.
the 39 channels allocated to this service for
emergency medical service communications related
to the delivery of emergency medical treatment. 47
CFR 90.15–90.27. The approximately 20,000
licensees in the special emergency service include
medical services, rescue organizations,
veterinarians, handicapped persons, disaster relief
organizations, school buses, beach patrols,
establishments in isolated areas, communications
standby facilities, and emergency repair of public
communications facilities. 47 CFR 90.33–90.55.
286 47 CFR 1.1162.
287 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
288 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 519130
(establishing a $500,000 revenue ceiling).
289 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 519190
(establishing a $6.5 million revenue ceiling).
290 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
517110 Wired Telecommunications Carriers,
https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517110.
HTM#N517110.
291 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
292 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions,
‘‘517919 All Other Telecommunications,’’ https://
www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517919.HTM#
N517919.
293 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517919 (updated
for inflation in 2008).
IV. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping and Other Compliance
Requirements:
123. This Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking does not propose any
changes to the Commission’s current
compliance rules, but may include
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
294 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Subject Series: Information, ‘‘Establishment and
Firm Size,’’ NAICS code 5171103 (rel. Nov. 19,
2010) (employment size). The data show only two
categories within the whole: the categories for 1–
4 employees and for 5–9 employees.
295 U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census,
Subject Series: Information, ‘‘Establishment and
Firm Size,’’ NAICS code 5179191 (rel. Nov. 19,
2010) (receipts size).
296 https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/
naicsrch?code=519130&search=
2007%20NAICS%20Search
297 https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/Size_
Standards_Table.pdf.
298 https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/
IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=1000&ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 4702
possible proposed information
collection, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements.
V. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant
Economic Impact on Small Entities, and
Significant Alternatives Considered
124. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant alternatives that
it has considered in reaching its
approach, which may include the
following four alternatives, among
others: (1) The establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements
under the rule for small entities; (3) the
use of performance, rather than design,
standards; and (4) an exemption from
coverage of the rule, or any part thereof,
for small entities.299
125. In Section I of this NPRM, we
seek comment on whether and how the
Commission should adjust the revised
cost allocation percentages that would
otherwise result from using updated
FTE data and implementing the new
cost allocation proposals.
126. In particular, as stated supra in
Section I, our concern with minimizing
any adverse economic impact of our
proposed rules on small entities is
guided by our goals of fairness,
administrability, and sustainability.
Accordingly, we believe that
adjustments to fees paid by fee payors
should be consistent with those goals.
Specifically, we intend to mitigate any
inequities that might result from
imposition of substantial fee increases.
127. In keeping with the requirements
of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, we
have considered certain alternative
means of mitigating the effects of fee
increases to a particular industry
segment. One option is to make all or
most fee adjustments at one time.
Another option is to provide interim
adjustments, by phasing in the new fees
over a period of time.
128. On the issue of revisiting the
allocation resulting from this
rulemaking, the Commission is
considering undertaking this
reexamination at regular intervals.
Alternatively, such reexamination could
be undertaken in response to comments
by fee payors in the annual regulatory
fee collection NPRM. Regardless of the
method chosen, one underlying concern
we have is to mitigate any adverse
economic impact on small service
providers who are likely least able to
299 5
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
U.S.C. 603.
17AUP1
Federal Register / Vol. 77, No. 160 / Friday, August 17, 2012 / Proposed Rules
absorb unpredictable changes in fees
from year to year.
129. In light of our stated goals, the
Commission seeks comment on the
abovementioned, and any other, means
and methods that would minimize any
significant economic impact of our
proposed rules on small entities.
erowe on DSK2VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS-1
VII. Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed
Rules
130. None.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
14:40 Aug 16, 2012
Jkt 226001
VI. Ordering Clauses
41. Accordingly, it is ordered that,
pursuant to Sections 4(i) and (j), 9, and
303(r) of the Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i),
154(j), 159, and 303(r), this Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking is hereby
adopted.
42. It is further ordered that the
Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, shall send a copy of
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4702
Sfmt 9990
49773
this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking,
including the Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the U.S. Small
Business Administration.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2012–20203 Filed 8–16–12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
E:\FR\FM\17AUP1.SGM
17AUP1
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 77, Number 160 (Friday, August 17, 2012)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 49749-49773]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2012-20203]
=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 1
[MD Docket No. 12-201; FCC 12-77]
Procedures for Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees;
Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2008
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Commission seeks comment on proposals to reform the
Commission's policies and procedures for assessing and collecting
regulatory fees. Extensive changes have occurred in the communications
marketplace, and in the Commission's regulatory efforts, since the
Schedule of Regulatory Fees was enacted by Congress in 1994. In the
period directly following enactment of the Telecommunications Act of
1996, industry development and Commission regulation centered primarily
on wireline local and long distance communications.
[[Page 49750]]
Subsequently, however, the mobile wireless industry has grown
exponentially, shifting Commission resources to, among other things,
the wireless industry, while the costs of implementing the 1996
Telecommunications Act decreased. These changes have produced
corresponding shifts in the Commission's regulatory activity. These
shifts in the cost of the Commission's activities are not always
reflected in our current regulatory fees. Although the Commission has
made a number of discrete changes to the regulatory fee program since
1994, we have not revised the data on which our fees are based since
1998, nor have we undertaken a comprehensive analysis of all the
substantive and procedural aspects of our regulatory fee program in
light of the current state of the communications industry. This
proceeding will serve as the means by which we will seek comment on the
issues related to how the Commission should allocate its regulatory
costs among different segments of the communications industry.
DATES: Comments are due September 17, 2012 and reply comments are due
October 16, 2012.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by MD Docket No. 12-201,
by any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
Federal Communications Commission's Web Site: https://www.fcc.gov/cgb/ecfs. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
People with Disabilities: Contact the FCC to request
reasonable accommodations (accessible format documents, sign language
interpreters, CART, etc.) by email: FCC504@fcc.gov or phone: 202-418-
0530 or TTY: 202-418-0432.
Email: ecfs@fcc.gov. Include MD Docket No. 12-201 in the
subject line of the message.
Mail: Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal
Service Express Mail, and Priority Mail, must be sent to 9300 East
Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743. U.S. Postal Service first-
class, Express, and Priority mail should be addressed to 445 12th
Street SW., Washington DC 20554.
For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process, see the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section of this document.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Roland Helvajian, Office of Managing
Director at (202) 418-0444.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Notice
of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM), FCC 12-77, MD Docket No. 12-201, adopted
on July 13, 2012 and released on July 17, 2012. The full text of this
document is available for inspection and copying during normal business
hours in the FCC Reference Center, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257,
Portals II, Washington, DC 20554, and may also be purchased from the
Commission's copy contractor, BCPI, Inc., Portals II, 445 12th Street
SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554. Customers may contact BCPI,
Inc. via their Web site, https://www.bcpi.com, or call 1-800-378-3160.
This document is available in alternative formats (computer diskette,
large print, audio record, and braille). Persons with disabilities who
need documents in these formats may contact the FCC by email:
FCC504@fcc.gov or phone: 202-418-0530 or TTY: 202-418-0432.
I. Procedural Matters
A. Ex Parte Information
1. The proceeding this NPRM initiates shall be treated as a
``permit-but-disclose'' proceeding in accordance with the Commission's
ex parte rules.\1\ Persons making ex parte presentations must file a
copy of any written presentation or a memorandum summarizing any oral
presentation within two business days after the presentation (unless a
different deadline applicable to the Sunshine period applies). Persons
making oral ex parte presentations are reminded that memoranda
summarizing the presentation must (1) list all persons attending or
otherwise participating in the meeting at which the ex parte
presentation was made, and (2) summarize all data presented and
arguments made during the presentation. If the presentation consisted
in whole or in part of the presentation of data or arguments already
reflected in the presenter's written comments, memoranda or other
filings in the proceeding, the presenter may provide citations to such
data or arguments in his or her prior comments, memoranda, or other
filings (specifying the relevant page and/or paragraph numbers where
such data or arguments can be found) in lieu of summarizing them in the
memorandum. Documents shown or given to Commission staff during ex
parte meetings are deemed to be written ex parte presentations and must
be filed consistent with rule 1.1206(b). In proceedings governed by
rule 1.49(f) or for which the Commission has made available a method of
electronic filing, written ex parte presentations and memoranda
summarizing oral ex parte presentations, and all attachments thereto,
must be filed through the electronic comment filing system available
for that proceeding, and must be filed in their native format (e.g.,
.doc, .xml, .ppt, searchable .pdf). Participants in this proceeding
should familiarize themselves with the Commission's ex parte rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ 47 CFR 1.1200 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Comment Filing Procedures
2. Comments and Replies. Pursuant to sections 1.415 and 1.419 of
the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may
file comments and reply comments on or before the dates indicated on
the first page of this document. Comments may be filed using: (1) The
Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS), (2) the Federal
Government's eRulemaking Portal, or (3) by filing paper copies. See
Electronic Filing of Documents in Rulemaking Proceedings, 63 FR 24121
(1998).
Electronic Filers: Comments may be filed electronically
using the Internet by accessing the ECFS: https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/ecfs2/ or the Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Paper Filers: Parties who choose to file by paper must
file an original and four copies of each filing. If more than one
docket or rulemaking number appears in the caption of this proceeding,
filers must submit two additional copies for each additional docket or
rulemaking number.
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial
overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service
mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary,
Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
[dec221] All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings
for the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at
445 12th St. SW., Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours
are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together
with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes must be disposed of
before entering the building.
[dec221] Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service
Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton
Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
[[Page 49751]]
[dec221] U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority
mail must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW., Washington DC 20554.
People with Disabilities: To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities (braille, large print, electronic
files, audio format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the
Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-
418-0432 (tty).
3. Availability of Documents. Comments, reply comments, and ex
parte submissions will be available for public inspection during
regular business hours in the FCC Reference Center, Federal
Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., CY-A257, Washington, DC
20554. These documents will also be available free online, via ECFS.
Documents will be available electronically in ASCII, Word, and/or Adobe
Acrobat.
4. Accessibility Information. To request information in accessible
formats (computer diskettes, large print, audio recording, and
Braille), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the Commission's
Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202) 418-0530 (voice),
(202) 418-0432 (TTY). This document can also be downloaded in Word and
Portable Document Format (``PDF'') at: https://www.fcc.gov.
C. Initial Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 Analysis
5. This document solicits possible proposed information collection
requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to
reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) to comment on the possible proposed
information collection requirements contained in this document, as
required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In
addition, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002,
Public Law 107-198, see 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), we seek specific comment
on how we might further reduce the information collection burden for
small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
D. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
6. An initial regulatory flexibility analysis (``IRFA'') is
contained in the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis section.
Comments to the IRFA must be identified as responses to the IRFA and
filed by the deadlines for comments on this NPRM. The Commission will
send a copy of this NPRM, including the IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.
II. Introduction
7. Today we seek comment on proposals to reform the Commission's
policies and procedures for assessing and collecting regulatory fees.
Extensive changes have occurred in the communications marketplace, and
in the Commission's regulatory efforts, since the Schedule of
Regulatory Fees was enacted by Congress in 1994. In the period directly
following enactment of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, industry
development and Commission regulation centered primarily on wireline
local and long distance communications. Subsequently, however, the
mobile wireless industry has grown exponentially, shifting Commission
resources to, among other things, the wireless industry, while the
costs of implementing the 1996 Telecommunications Act decreased.
Meanwhile, digital and Internet protocol (IP)-based technologies have
enabled wired and wireless companies, satellite companies,
broadcasters, and cable television companies to engage in increased
intermodal competition.
8. These changes have produced corresponding shifts in the
Commission's regulatory activity. These shifts in the cost of the
Commission's activities are not always reflected in our current
regulatory fees. Although the Commission has made a number of discrete
changes to the regulatory fee program since 1994, we have not revised
the data on which our fees are based since 1998, nor have we undertaken
a comprehensive analysis of all the substantive and procedural aspects
of our regulatory fee program in light of the current state of the
communications industry. This proceeding will serve as the means by
which we will undertake that comprehensive analysis.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ A number of comments on revising the regulatory fee program
were received in MD Docket No. 08-65. See Assessment and Collection
of Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2008, MD Docket No. 08-65, Report
and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 73 FR 50285
(August 26, 2008) (``FY 2008 Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking''). We will incorporate those comments into the record of
this proceeding.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. This Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) seeks comment on the
issues related to how the Commission should allocate its regulatory
costs among different segments of the communications industry. In
particular, we seek comment on:
What the Overarching Goals of the Regulatory Fee Program
Should Be. We propose three goals to guide our regulatory fee
policymaking--fairness, administrability, and sustainability--and we
seek comment on these goals and invite commenters to propose others.
Regulatory Costs Should Be Allocated. Section 9 of the
Communications Act requires that regulatory fees be derived by
determining the number of full-time equivalent employees (FTEs)
performing certain activities. We propose to change the way we allocate
``direct'' and ``indirect'' FTEs to calculate regulatory fees. The
proposals on which we seek comment are based on aggregated bureau-level
FTE data, and would allocate all FTEs in the Wireless
Telecommunications, Media, Wireline Competition, and International
Bureaus as ``direct'' and all FTEs in the support bureaus and offices
as ``indirect.''
How Current Cost Allocation Percentages Should Be Revised.
We then look at the cost allocation percentages that we use now and
propose to update these percentages using current FTE data derived from
the reallocation of FTEs described above. We set out the adjustments
projected to result from these updates, examine the impact of these
adjustments on the categories of fee payors, ask whether and how we
should mitigate the impact of any substantial fee increases that would
result, and ask whether any other changes are necessary to ensure an
equitable result.
III. Background
A. Statutory Framework
10. Section 9(a)(1) of the Communications Act directs the
Commission to collect regulatory fees ``to recover the costs of * * *
enforcement activities, policy and rulemaking activities, user
information services, and international activities.'' \3\ Section
9(a)(2) stipulates that regulatory fees for the enumerated activities
``shall be collected only if, and only in the total amounts, required
in Appropriations Acts,'' and must ``be established in amounts that
will result in collection, during each fiscal year, of an amount that
can reasonably be expected to equal the amount appropriated for such
fiscal year for the performance of the activities described in
subsection (a).'' \4\ Since FY 2009, Congress has directed the
Commission to assess and collect regulatory fees under section
9(b)(1)(B)
[[Page 49752]]
in an amount equal to the entire amount appropriated.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ 47 U.S.C. 159(a)(1).
\4\ Id. 159(a)(2), (b)(1)(B).
\5\ See, e.g., Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012, Public Law
112-74 (Dec. 23, 2011) (appropriating $339,844,000 and providing
``[t]hat $339,844,000 of offsetting collections shall be assessed
and collected pursuant to section 9 of title I of the Communications
Act of 1934, [and] shall be retained and used for necessary expenses
in this appropriation''). In prior years (FY 2004 through FY 2008),
Congress directed the Commission to offset all but $1 million of its
appropriation. See Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2004, Public Law
108-99, 118 Stat. 3 (2004), Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2005,
Public Law 108-447, 118 Stat. 2809, 2908 (2004); Science, State,
Justice, Commerce and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 2006,
Public Law 109-108, 199 Stat. 2290, 2329-30 (2005); Continuing
Appropriations Resolution, 2007, Public Law 110-5, 121 Stat. 8
(2007); and Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2008, Public Law 110-
161, 121 Stat. 1844, 1998 (2007). In the Omnibus Appropriations Act,
2009, Public Law 111-8, 123 Stat. 524, 657 (2009) Congress required,
for the first time that the Commission collect fees in the full
amount of its appropriation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Section 9(b) states in general terms how regulatory fees are to
be derived. Section 9(b)(1)(A) states that fees are to be calculated by
determining the full-time equivalent number of employees (FTEs)
performing the activities enumerated in section 9(a)(1) ``within the
three licensing bureaus as they existed at that time and that formed
the core of our regulatory fee assessment program, i.e. the Private
Radio Bureau, Mass Media Bureau, and Common Carrier Bureau.\6\ FTEs in
the other offices of the Commission are also calculated, and the fees
that result are adjusted to take into account factors that are
reasonably related to the benefits provided to the payor of the fee by
the Commission's activities, including such factors as service area
coverage, shared use versus exclusive use, and other factors that the
Commission determines are necessary in the public interest.'' \7\ The
Commission issues a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the third
quarter of each fiscal year, stating how it derives the fees for that
fiscal year and proposing the amounts that the payors in each fee
category will be required to pay in order to offset the amount of the
Commission's appropriation for that fiscal year.\8\ The Commission
issues a report and order during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year.\9\ The report and order sets the amounts to be paid by all fee
payors, discusses any issues raised in response to the NPRM and sets
out the procedures for payment of fees.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ Subsequent to the enactment of section 9 the Commission
reorganized and renamed the Private Radio Bureau, Mass Media Bureau,
and Common Carrier Bureaus as the Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau, Media Bureau, and Wireline Competition Bureau respectively.
Regulation of international telecommunications was transferred from
these Bureaus and consolidated into a new International Bureau. For
simplicity and ease of reference, in this NPRM we will refer to
these four bureaus as the ``core'' bureaus or the ``core licensing''
bureaus.
\7\ 47 U.S.C. 159(b)(1)(A).
\8\ See, e.g., Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees for
Fiscal Year 2011, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 26 FCC Rcd 7068
(2011) (``FY 2011 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking'').
\9\ See, e.g., Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees for
Fiscal Year 2011, Report and Order, 26 FCC Rcd 10812 (2011) (``FY
2011 Report and Order'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Historic Regulatory Approach
12. Section 9(b)(1)(A) states that regulatory fees are to recover
the costs of the FTEs performing the regulatory activities set forth in
section 9(a)(1). Consistent with this statutory requirement, the
Commission's cost assessment methodology uses FTEs as the starting
point in determining the fees regulatees in each fee category will pay
each fiscal year.
13. Although the statute specifies that FTEs are the basis for
calculating regulatory fees, it does not specify the precise type of
FTE data that must be used; e.g., whether the Commission must use
employees' time cards to tally the time each employee reports as having
been spent on regulating specific licensees or regulatees, or whether
the Commission may aggregate the work of FTEs in some other way. In FYs
1997-1998, the Commission based its FTE calculations on employee time
cards. This method involved employees' tracking time by regulatory fee
category, and regulatory fees were then allocated based on a core
bureaus' relative share of employee time, both direct (employees within
a core bureau working on matters related to regulatory fee categories
within that bureau) and indirect (employees from all bureaus and
offices providing support functions related to multiple, perhaps even
all, regulatory fee categories). The Commission abandoned this approach
in FY 1999 because not only did time card entries prove subjective and
unreliable, but they also resulted in unpredictable and substantial
shifts in regulatory fees from year to year.
14. The allocations of direct and indirect FTEs we currently use
are taken from FTE data compiled in FY 1998. The Commission allocates
FTEs according to the nature of the employees' work. If the work
performed by an employee can be assigned to a regulatory fee category
in one of the four core licensing bureaus--Wireless Telecommunications,
Media, Wireline Competition, and International, -- that employee's time
is counted as a direct FTE. If the work cannot be assigned to one of
the bureau's designated fee categories, the employee's time is counted
as an indirect FTE. Indirect FTEs are allocated proportionally across
the four core bureaus. Therefore, under our current system, the total
FTEs for each fee category includes the direct FTEs associated with
that category, plus proportional allocations of indirect FTEs from
inside and outside the bureau. The total number of FTEs for each of the
bureau's fee categories was then divided by the combined FTE numbers
for all four core bureaus to produce an allocation percentage for each
fee category, e.g., the percentage of total regulatory fee revenues
that must be recovered from each fee category in order to collect the
total amount specified by Congress.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ The Schedule of Regulatory Fees enacted as section 9(g) in
1994 contained the fees to be paid by different categories of
regulates in the (then) three named bureaus. Section 9(g) specified
that the Commission was to use this fee schedule until the
Commission adjusted it pursuant to section 9(b). The Commission has
made substantial adjustments to this fee schedule since 1994, adding
fee categories and altering others. The 46 categories of fee payors
listed in the original fee schedule had grown to 86 in 2011.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. Although the Commission has used the same allocation
percentages every fiscal year since FY 1998, each year the Commission
reviews the projected number of fee payors in each service category.
These payors are referred to generically as ``units,'' because the fees
for payors in different service categories reflect characteristics
appropriate to each service, such as the number of licenses or number
of subscribers the fee payor has. We look for changes in the industry,
changes in industry segments, and various other issues as explained in
each year's regular regulatory fee NPRM. Finally, the fee rate for each
fee category is determined by dividing the revenue amount to be
collected from each fee category by its projected number of units.
16. Table 1 illustrates the process using this methodology. Each
fiscal year Congress reviews the Commission's budget submission and
determines the appropriation for that year. The amount Congress
appropriates becomes the target for the aggregate amount of regulatory
fees to be collected. Table 1 uses a hypothetical appropriation of
$100,000,000 as the target amount of regulatory fees to be collected.
Column 1 represents the various fee categories in which a regulatee
will pay a fee. Column 2 shows the allocation percentages that are
applied. And Column 3 represents the multiplication of the target
amount by each allocation percentage.
17. The Commission first multiplies the $100,000,000 target amount
by the
[[Page 49753]]
current FTE allocation percentages in Column 2 to determine the amount
of revenue to be collected from each fee category in Column 3. To
determine the regulatory fee rate, the amounts in Column 3 are divided
by their respective unit counts (the number of payors) to determine the
fee amount that each regulatee will pay in that fee category prior to
rounding pursuant to section 9(b)(2)(B). Thus, each year the regulatory
fee rate is a function of (1) changes in the appropriation amount from
one year to the next, and (2) changes in the unit count from the prior
year for each respective fee category.
TABLE 1--Hypothetical $100 Million Target Goal Allocations
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Starting point FTE Expected revenue
Fee category allocation amount by fee
percentage (%) category
Column One Column Two Column Three
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLMRS (Exclusive Use)........... .14 $140,000
PLMRS (Shared use).............. .67 670,000
Microwave....................... .66 660,000
218-219 MHz (Formerly IVDS)..... .001 1,000
Marine (Ship)................... .22 220,000
GMRS............................ .08 80,000
Aviation (Aircraft)............. .10 100,000
Marine (Coast).................. .04 40,000
Aviation (Ground)............... .04 40,000
Amateur Vanity Call Signs....... .06 60,000
AM Class A...................... .07 70,000
AM Class B...................... .87 870,000
AM Class C...................... .31 310,000
AM Class D...................... 1.03 1,030,000
FM Classes A, B1 & C3........... 2.13 2,130,000
FM Classes B, C, C0, C1 & C2.... 2.62 2,620,000
AM Construction Permits......... .01 10,000
FM Construction Permits......... .1 100,000
Satellite TV.................... .05 50,000
Satellite TV Construction Permit .001 1,000
VHF Markets 1-10................ .95 950,000
VHF Markets 11-25............... .97 970,000
VHF Markets 26-50............... .82 820,000
VHF Markets 51-100.............. .79 790,000
VHF Remaining Markets........... .35 350,000
VHF Construction Permits........ .01 10,000
UHF Markets 1-10................ .6 600,000
UHF Markets 11-25............... .49 490,000
UHF Markets 26-50............... .41 410,000
UHF Markets 51-100.............. .35 350,000
UHF Remaining Markets........... .11 110,000
UHF Construction Permits........ .07 70,000
Broadcast Auxiliaries........... .08 80,000
LPTV/Translators/Boosters/Class .40 400,000
A TV...........................
CARS Stations................... .05 50,000
Cable TV Systems................ 16.55 16,550,000
Interstate Telecommunication 46.66 46,660,000
Service Providers..............
CMRS Mobile Services (Cellular/ 14.33 14,330,000
Public Mobile).................
CMRS Messaging Services......... .32 320,000
BRS............................. .16 160,000
LMDS............................ .03 30,000
Per 64 kbps Int'l Bearer .32 320,000
Circuits, Terrestrial (Common)
& Satellite (Common & Non-
Common)........................
Submarine Cable Providers....... 2.28 2,280,000
Earth Stations.................. .25 250,000
Space Stations (Geostationary).. 3.23 3,230,000
Space Stations (Non- .24 240,000
Geostationary).................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
****** Total Estimated 100.00 100,022,000
Revenue To Be Collected....
------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. The Problems of the Current Approach
18. As noted previously, the changes that have occurred since 1998
in the communications industry have caused significant shifts in the
amount of time the Commission devotes to specific industry segments and
activities. Therefore, FY 1998 FTE data may no longer accurately
reflect the allocation of Commission employees' time across different
parts of the industry. However, simply substituting current FTE data
for the 1998 FTE data would cause fees for some classes of fee payors
to increase significantly, so we seek to examine how best to address in
a fair and equitable manner any significant shifts. In addition, new
technologies have caused an exponential increase in intermodal
competition across formerly distinct industry platforms. This has made
it even more common today than in 1998 that a Commission employee's
work may be attributed to more than one fee category. For example, the
cost
[[Page 49754]]
of an employee's work in designing incentive auctions might be
attributable to several fee categories within the media sector, but it
would also potentially benefit providers of mobile broadband services
who would ultimately use the reclaimed spectrum. The practical
difficulties we would encounter today in parsing out an employee's time
among all of the industry groups affected by his or her work would
produce unpredictable annual changes in regulatory fees. Proposals to
address these and related problems are presented below.
IV. Issues Raised For Comment
A. Setting Goals To Guide Our Approach to Regulatory Fees
19. First, we seek comment on setting goals for regulatory fee
collection that will guide the reforms that result from this NPRM and
adjustments that the Commission will need to make from time to time
afterwards. We are of course guided first and foremost by Congress's
direction in section 9. At the same time, Congress has left us
flexibility in setting the fees to take into account a variety of
factors, including ``factors that the Commission determines are
necessary in the public interest.'' \11\ We propose three overarching
goals for the regulatory fees program, and we invite parties to propose
other goals for consideration.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ 47 U.S.C. 159(b)(1)(A).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
20. Fairness. Allocation of regulatory fee burdens among regulatees
should be fair. All regulatees interact with and benefit from the work
of the Commission, but not in equal measure. For example, a very large
company with hundreds of licenses and authorizations is likely to
engage much more frequently with the Commission than a local company or
cooperative. Similarly, regulatees' ability to pay varies with their
size and revenues--imposing the same fee on a Fortune 500 company and a
local family business would have very different effects on those
entities. And over time, as similar services are provided over
different technologies, regulatees may be paying different fees while
providing similar services, not because there is a meaningful
difference in their relationship with the Commission but simply because
their services fall into different fee categories (or fall outside our
established categories altogether). We propose establishing fairness as
a goal of our regulatory fee program, so that the burdens of regulatory
fees are borne in an equitable manner that does not distort the
marketplace. We seek comment on this goal.
21. Administrability. Section 9 directs that fees be set by
reference to the number of FTEs performing enforcement activities,
policy and rulemaking activities, user information services, and
international activities within the Wireless Telecommunications, Media,
Wireline Competition, and International Bureaus. A fee system that
strictly aligned FTEs with these activities and Bureaus on an ongoing
basis would require a complex time and accounting system like the one
the Commission tried in 1997 and 1998 and abandoned in 1999 due in part
to the unpredictability and rapid shifts in fee rates that it created
for fee payors. Keeping the fee schedule up to date could result in
large shifts in fees from year to year, as the Commission's priorities
and areas of focus change. For example, if in one year the Public
Safety and Homeland Security Bureau handles rulemakings related to
broadcasting, but in the following year focuses on wireless services,
the resulting shift in FTE allocations could have a substantial impact
on the size of regulatory fees, which could then shift significantly
again the very next year. We believe that the regulatory fee system
should be administrable, both for the Commission and for payors. We
seek comment on this goal.
22. Sustainability. The methodology for regulatory fees should be
flexible enough to adapt to changes in technology and marketing that
affect how our regulatees do business. In 2007, the Commission extended
regulatory fee obligations to providers of interconnected voice over
Internet protocol services (VoIP), noting ``the many and increasing
resources the Commission now dedicates to VoIP'' and that
``[i]nterconnected VoIP service is increasingly used to replace
traditional telephone service and . . . the interconnected VoIP service
industry continues to grow and to attract customers who previously
relied on traditional voice service.'' \12\ The concern the Commission
addressed in 2007 will continue to arise as service platforms and
models change and converge. As video, voice, and data services are
provided in new ways, our regulatory fee system must also evolve to
ensure that the fee burden remains equitably distributed among
regulatees. We seek comment on this goal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees for Fiscal
Year 2007, Report and Order, 22 FCC Rcd 15712, 15717-18 paras. 12-13
(2007).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
23. Our goals must work within the statute, not against it. Section
9 requires that the Commission collect fees by determining ``the full-
time equivalent number of employees'' performing specified activities
in the Bureaus and Offices. We intend that the proposed goals guide our
interpretation of section 9, and we seek comment on the best ways to
take the goals into account as we assign FTEs to the statutory
categories and establish specific fee amounts.
B. Changing the Current Cost Allocation Methodology
24. As explained more fully below, the cost allocation data we
currently use were derived in FY 1998 by totaling employees' time cards
entries to arrive at the aggregate number of FTEs engaged in each
feeable activity. The first question that arises is whether the
Commission should aggregate employee time card entries to derive its
FTE allocations, or whether aggregating data on a less granular basis
would be accurate and workable. For the reasons discussed below, we
seek comment on whether we should simplify the way direct and indirect
FTEs are aggregated and update the FTE data that we use. We invite
interested parties to share their views with respect to the issues set
forth below.
1. Reallocation of FTEs Among Bureaus
25. Although not required by section 9, our current cost assignment
methodology is based on the presumption that work of employees in the
four core bureaus should be treated differently depending on whether an
employee is ``directly'' involved in a feeable activity or
``indirectly'' involved, as in a support capacity. The costs of FTEs
directly working on projects corresponding to a regulatory fee category
are directly assigned to that category. By contrast, the costs of all
FTEs in the core bureaus indirectly involved, or providing support
functions, are treated as indirect costs and are currently distributed
proportionally across the four core bureau. The proportional allocation
of indirect FTEs corresponds to each core bureau's actual percentage of
direct FTEs. The indirect work performed by FTEs within a core bureau,
therefore, may not be attributable to a specific fee category in their
core bureau. Nevertheless, it is clear that the work of all the FTEs in
a core bureau, whether direct or indirect, contributes to the cost of
regulating licensees of that bureau. Therefore, we may reasonably
expect that the work of the FTEs in the core bureaus would remain
focused on the industry segment regulated by each of
[[Page 49755]]
those bureaus.\13\ We seek comment on whether we should change the way
FTEs are allocated within a bureau, and we propose that all the FTEs in
each of the core bureaus should be considered direct FTE costs for that
bureau.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ The International Bureau may be an exception to this
expectation as discussed in Paragraphs 26--28 below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
26. Most of the work of the bureaus and offices outside the four
core licensing bureaus is currently considered as indirect FTE costs
because the work does not focus on any one industry segment; rather,
these bureaus and offices support the work of all of the core bureaus.
As with the indirect FTEs within the core bureaus, the work of FTEs in
non-core bureaus that cannot be directly assigned to a regulatory fee
category is treated as indirect costs and distributed proportionally
across the core bureaus according to these bureaus' respective
percentages of the Commission's total direct FTE costs. As in the case
of our allocation of direct FTEs, we believe that it would serve the
public interest to find a more consistent and workable way to allocate
indirect FTEs. Any attempt to redistribute these indirect costs on a
task-by-task basis would be neither consistent nor workable, requiring
us to assign more costs to certain divisions of support bureaus or
offices for certain licensees at a given point in time, and then
reassign these costs as the work of that division changes from month to
month, week to week, or even day to day.\14\ This would be far more
complicated and subjective than our current approach, requiring
constant recalculations as FTEs within a bureau are given different job
assignments.\15\ Unlike the case of the FTEs in the core bureaus, the
work of the FTEs in the support bureaus and offices is not primarily
focused on any one bureau or regulatory fee category, but instead
serves the needs of all four core bureaus.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ For example, under this approach the work of attorneys and
support staff in Litigation and Administrative Law Divisions of the
Office of General Counsel would fluctuate, and the corresponding
costs would have to be continually reassigned, depending on how much
of their work is being devoted to media, wireless, wireline and
other matters.
\15\ For example, the Satellite Industry Association (SIA)
states that certain divisions in the Enforcement Bureau may not be
relevant to regulating satellite licensees. SIA reply comments at 8,
FY 2008 Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, supra n. 1. While
that may be true at a given point in time, at another time all
members of that division may be engaged in an investigation
involving satellite providers, or certain members engaged in
investigations or other activity affecting satellite providers,
either directly or indirectly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
27. Just as section 9 contains no requirement that we classify FTEs
as ``direct'' and ``indirect,'' it does not prescribe how the
Commission should account for the FTE costs of its support bureaus and
offices. Consistent with our finding in paragraph 19 above that the
work of the employees in the core bureaus and offices is primarily
focused on the industry segment regulated by each bureau and that the
work--and the costs--of all the employees of those bureaus would
correctly be considered direct FTE costs of their respective bureaus,
we seek comment on whether, because the work of employees in the non-
core bureaus supports the work of all the core bureaus, the FTE costs
of these non-core bureaus and offices should all be treated as indirect
costs and allocated among each of the core bureaus in the same
percentage as that bureau's direct FTE percentage is to the total
direct FTE costs of all the core bureaus.
2. Updating and Adjusting the Allocation Percentages Among Bureaus
28. We have previously sought comment on whether and how to update
our current FTE allocation percentages to reflect changes in the
industry and in the Commission's workload that have occurred since they
were adopted.\16\ We will resolve this issue in this proceeding, and we
will incorporate into the record of this proceeding relevant comments
filed in prior proceedings.\17\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ FY 2008 Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, supra n. 1,
at paras. 27-30. We also released a Public Notice on September 3,
2008 providing information on FTEs, direct costs, and indirect
costs. See ``Office of Managing Director Releases Data to Assist
Commenters on Issues Presented in Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking,'' Adopted August 1, 2008, MD Docket No. 08-65, Public
Notice, DA 08-2033 (September 3, 2008).
\17\ To assure that all previous comments are considered,
parties that have previously commented on any of these issues are
requested to attach or cite their prior comments in their filings in
this proceeding.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
29. Commenters previously addressing this issue advocated that we
revise the FTE allocation percentages by using updated FTE data.\18\
They argued that it is inequitable to burden the licensees in the core
bureaus with a larger share of regulatory fees than their respective
percentage share of FTE staffing at the Commission. We seek comment on
whether the FY 1998 FTE allocation percentages should be replaced with
allocation percentages using up-to-date FY 2012 FTE data.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ See, e.g., USTA Comments at 2; AT&T Comments at 3; FIT
Reply Comments at 5; EWA Reply Comments at 1-2; Sprint Reply
Comments at 2; NTCA Reply Comments at 2; MetroPCS Reply Comments at
2; CTIA Reply Comments at 3; AT&T Reply Comments, FY 2008 Further
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, supra n. 1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
30. Reallocation of direct and indirect FTEs using aggregated FTE
data involves counting the number of FTEs in each of the agency's four
core licensing bureaus to determine what percentage each comprises of
the total number of FTEs in all the core bureaus.\19\ The tentative
results of this recalculation, using current FTE staffing levels,
produces the following numbers and percentages of direct FTEs in the
four core licensing bureaus: International Bureau, 122 FTEs (22.0% of
total FTEs in the four core bureaus); Media Bureau, 183 (32.9%);
Wireline Competition Bureau, 154 (27.7%); and Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau, 97 (17.4%).\20\ These 556 FTEs constitute 36
percent of the Commission's total FTEs and we would treat them as
direct FTE costs for purposes of allocating regulatory fees. There are
currently 1,000 FTEs in the support bureaus and offices. As proposed in
paragraph 20 above, these would all be treated as indirect FTEs and
allocated proportionately across the four core bureaus. This produces
the following adjusted FTE totals for each of the core bureaus:
International Bureau, 221 FTEs; Media Bureau, 329 FTEs; Wireline
Competition Bureau, 276 FTEs; and Wireless Telecommunications Bureau,
174 FTEs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ FTEs are based on actual end of fiscal year 2011 figures,
the most recent data that is currently available.
\20\ These totals represent only the number of direct FTEs
funded by regulatory fees. They do not include direct FTEs funded by
other revenues, e.g., by auction or USF proceeds, nor do they
include indirect FTEs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
31. A comparison of the allocation percentages currently in use
with the allocation percentages that result from the use of updated FTE
figures produces mixed results. The percentage of regulatory fees
currently collected from regulatees in the Wireless Telecommunications
Bureau would remain unchanged at 17.4 percent. The allocation
percentage would increase only slightly for fee payors in Media Bureau
service categories, from 31.9 percent to 32.9 percent. However, use of
the updated FTE figures would reduce the percentage of regulatory fees
allocated to regulatees in the Wireline Competition Bureau from 44.0
percent to 27.7 percent and increase the percentage of fees allocated
to payors in the International Bureau from 6.7 percent to 22.0 percent.
32. We seek comment on whether the projected increase in fees for
International Bureau regulatees would be consistent with our goals of
fairness
[[Page 49756]]
and sustainability. In this regard we note that much of the work within
the Strategic Analysis and Negotiations Division of the International
Bureau covers services outside of the Bureau's direct regulatory
activities. For example, this Division has primary responsibility for
leading the Commission's international representation in bilateral
meetings, multilateral meetings, and cross-border spectrum negotiations
with Canada and Mexico on spectrum sharing arrangements, and
notifications to the International Telecommunications Union (ITU), as
well as participation in ITU Study Groups. Though focused on the
international community, this international work covers the entire
gamut of the Commission's regulatory responsibilities.
33. If such work benefits all classes of providers, should the
associated FTEs be excluded from the International Bureau's direct
costs and, instead, be allocated as indirect costs like a support
bureau? Is this situation unique to the International Bureau? The
International Bureau has estimated that as much as one half of the FTEs
in the Bureau work on matters covering services other than
international services. Reallocation of 50% of the FTEs in the
International Bureau proportionately to the other core bureaus would
the result the following allocation: International Bureau, 61 FTEs,
representing 10.97% of total FTEs in the four core bureaus; Media
Bureau, 208.72 (37.54%); Wireline Competition Bureau, 175.64 (31.59%);
and Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, 110.64 (19.9%).
34. We ask commenters to address all the issues regarding how to
ameliorate the effect of using updated FTE data on regulatees paying
fees in the International Bureau's service categories. Would this
reallocation be equitable?
35. Are there analogous groups within the other core bureaus whose
work covers services outside of the core bureau's direct regulatory
activities? If so, how should those FTEs be allocated, or should
adjustments be made to our proposed allocation of FTEs for those core
bureaus to account for such broadly cross-cutting work in a core
bureau? We also seek comment on whether further adjustments of the
allocation of FTEs should be made. Should adjustments be made whenever,
as discussed above, the work of one bureau supports the work of one or
more other bureaus? Would this be a workable and sufficient way to
allocate regulatory fees fairly between industry sectors consistent
with section 9, or is there a more equitable way, consistent with
statute, to allocate regulatory fees between and/or within industry
sectors? For example, should regulatory fee categories in section 9 be
combined or eliminated, given the change in the telecommunications
landscape since 1998? Should additional regulatory fee categories such
as broadband be added to the regulatory fee schedule set forth in
section 9? We seek comment on whether the Commission has authority,
under section 9, to include broadband as a fee category. If additional
fee categories are created, how should their costs be assessed? To the
extent that licensees offer services that are regulated by more than
one core bureau, how would the addition of new fee categories affect
the allocation of FTEs by core bureau?
36. We note that section 9(b)(1)(A) allows the Commission to adjust
regulatory fees ``to take into account factors that are reasonably
related to the benefits provided the payor of the fee by the
Commission's activities, including such factors as service area
coverage, shared use versus exclusive use, and other factors that the
Commission determines to be in the public interest.'' How should
``benefits provided to the payor'' be determined? Should such benefit
be measured by the level of regulation of such payor, or by some
measure of the amount of regulatory activity attributable to a specific
payor in a given year? Or should ``benefits provide the payor'' be
found to include all benefits received as a result of the Commission's
work, even benefit from efforts to reduce regulation of a particular
industry sector? How does one measure such benefit? Is relative market
share, or total revenues, a good measure of the benefit the payor
receives from the work of the Commission to promote competition and
remove barriers to market entry? If so, should all payors be assessed
based on revenues? Is it technically feasible to assess all regulatory
fee categories based on revenues? How could the Commission ensure such
assessment is based on accurate, reliable revenue information from all
industry sectors? What additional reporting requirements would be
necessary to obtain the information necessary to assess all payors on a
revenues basis?
37. Are there other factors the Commission should consider in
rebalancing regulatory fees in order to achieve the goals discussed
above? For example, does section 9 allow the Commission to mitigate the
effects of fee increases to a particular industry segment by providing
interim adjustments, by phasing in the new fees over a period of time,
or by providing relief in some other way? How would the Commission
administer any recommended mitigation?
38. Finally, how often should the Commission revisit the allocation
resulting from this rulemaking? Should this reexamination be undertaken
at regular intervals, or in response to comments by fee payors in the
annual regulatory fee collection NPRM? If such reexamination is done at
regular intervals, for example, annually, how can we ensure continued
predictability and collectability of fees? Would it be appropriate to
simply update the Commission's FTE allocation each year, without regard
to the impact of significant increases of regulatory fees on certain
regulatory fee categories? Would such fluctuations be especially
problematic for small service providers who are likely least able to
absorb unpredictable changes in fees from year to year?
3. Reallocation of FTEs Within Bureaus
39. As noted previously, our current FTE allocations and the
resulting allocation percentages were first used in FY 1999 and are
based on FY 1998 FTE data. We request comment on updating and
reallocating FTEs among the fee categories within each of the core
bureaus. For example, within the International Bureau, there are five
fee categories: Bearer Circuits, Submarine Cable Providers, Earth
Stations, Space Stations (Geostationary), and Space Stations (Non-
Geostationary). Regulatory fees are currently allocated among these
five fee categories as follows: Bearer Circuits (5.1%), Submarine Cable
Providers (36.1%), Earth Stations (3.9%), Space Stations
(Geostationary) (51.1%), and Space Stations (Non-Geostationary) (3.8%).
40. Although one option would be to continue using these relative
allocation percentages among the fee categories in each of the core
bureaus, we seek comment on whether it would better serve the public
interest for management in each of the core bureaus to revise their
internal FTE allocation percentages based on management's assessment of
the current distribution of work within the bureau. We also seek
comment on whether they should do such analysis and update of the FTE
allocation among fee categories within the bureau every three years
unless a substantial shift in the nature or extent of a bureau's duties
warrants reexamination in the interim. Commenters advocating
alternatives or modifications to this proposed approach should describe
in specific detail how the suggested alternative or modification would
work and why it would be preferable to allocation based
[[Page 49757]]
on assessment of the current distribution of work within the bureau
described herein.
V. Conclusion
41. Fundamental to this NPRM is the Commission's desire to assure
that the methodology we use to derive regulatory fees is consistent
with statutory requirements, fair, efficiently administered, and
sustainable. This NPRM proposes a number of innovative alternatives
designed to achieve those goals. Interested parties are invited to
comment on the suitability of these goals, the effectiveness of the
alternatives proposed in this NPRM in meeting these or other
appropriate goals, and the Commission's jurisdiction to adopt any of
the alternatives discussed in the NPRM or proposed in response to it.
Table 2--List of Commenters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commenter Abbreviated name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Association of Paging AAPC.
Carriers.
AT&T, Inc........................... AT&T.
DirecTV, Inc. and DISH Network LLC.. DirecTV and DISH.
Enterprise Wireless Alliance........ EWA.
Independent Telephone and ITTA.
Telecommunications Alliance.
National Cable and NCTA.
Telecommunications Association.
Personal Radio Steering Group, Inc.. PRSG.
PCIA--The Wireless Infrastructure PCIA.
Association.
United States Telecom Association... USTA.
Verizon Communications, Inc......... Verizon.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
List of Commenters--Reply Comments
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commenter Abbreviated name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Cable Association.......... ACA.
AT&T, Inc........................... AT&T.
CTIA--The Wireless CTIA.
Association[supreg].
DirecTV, Inc. and DISH Network LLC.. DirecTV and DISH.
Enterprise Wireless Alliance........ EWA.
Forest Industries Telecommunications FIT.
MetroPCS Communications, Inc........ MetroPCS.
National Telecommunications NTCA.
Cooperative Association.
Satellite Industry Association...... SIA.
Sprint Nextel Corporation........... Sprint.
Verizon Communications, Inc......... Verizon.
Wireless Cable Coalition............ WCC.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
42. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA),\21\ the
Commission prepared this Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA)
of the possible significant economic impact on small entities by the
policies and rules proposed in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(NPRM). Written public comments are requested on this IRFA. Comments
must be identified as responses to the IRFA and must be filed on or
before the dates indicated on the first page of this Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking. The Commission will send a copy of this NPRM, including the
IRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration (SBA).\22\ In addition, the NPRM and IRFA (or summaries
thereof) will be published in the Federal Register.\23\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ 5 U.S.C. 603. The RFA, 5 U.S.C. 601-612 has been amended by
the Contract With America Advancement Act of 1996, Public Law 104-
121, 110 Stat. 847 (1996) (``CWAAA''). Title II of the CWAAA is the
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996
(``SBREFA'').
\22\ 5 U.S.C. 603(a).
\23\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Need for, and Objectives of, the NPRM
43. In this NPRM we seek public comment on approaches to update and
reform the process by which the Commission calculates and assesses
regulatory fees under section 9 of the Communications Act. We propose
to be guided in this examination by the goals of fairness,
administrability, and sustainability, and we seek comment on these
goals. We seek comment on four key areas regarding the regulatory fee
process: (1) revising the way in which direct and indirect FTEs (full-
time [employee]equivalents) are allocated; (2) using the current number
of FTEs as the basis for calculating regulatory fee allocation
percentages; (3) ameliorating the impact of fee increases that would
otherwise result from using current FTE percentages, especially on
entities providing international communication services; and (4) asking
whether and how the current number of regulatory fee categories can be
changed, for example, by adding broadband and/or by reducing the number
of fee categories.
44. Section 9 of the Act states that the basis for calculating
regulatory costs is the number of FTEs performing enforcement, policy
and rulemaking, and international activities, as well as providing user
information services. The Commission has historically regarded the
costs generated by individuals working specifically on those activities
as ``direct'' costs, whereas the cost of employees providing support
efforts have been considered ``indirect'' costs. The NPRM first seeks
comment on whether to revise this approach. In order to provide a more
consistent and workable way to allocate FTEs, we propose that all the
direct and indirect FTEs in each of the four core licensing bureaus--
The Wireless Telecommunications, Wireline Competition, Media, and
International Bureaus--be allocated to the Bureau in which they work.
Indirect FTEs outside the core bureaus would be allocated
[[Page 49758]]
among the four core licensing bureaus in the percentage of each core
bureau's direct FTEs to the total FTEs in the Commission.
45. Second, we seek comment on updating the current FTE allocation
percentages to reflect the changes in the telecommunications industry
and in the Commission's workload since the current percentages were
developed in FY 1998. Using current FTE data to calculate regulatory
fees instead of FY 1998 FTE data would produce substantial increases in
the fees paid by International Bureau regulates and correspondingly
substantial reduction in the fees currently paid by Interstate
Telecommunications Service Providers (ITSPs, or wireline service
providers), whereas fees paid by Wireless Bureau regulates would remain
the same and Media Bureau regulatees would increase only slightly.
46. Third, we seek comment on whether and how we should ameliorate
the impact increased fees would have on International Bureau
regulatees. We ask whether the fact that FTEs in the International
Bureau devote half their time to working on matters that directly
benefit licensees in the remaining three core licensing bureaus would
make it equitable to reallocate and redistribute half of the fee
increases to those other bureaus. We also ask if there are other
bureaus in which such a reallocation would be equitable.
47. Finally, we seek comment on whether the current number of fee
categories in the Schedule of Regulatory fees should be expanded to
include new services such as broadband, or reduced to reflect the state
of the telecommunications market and to simplify the administration of
the fee program. Because the statute directs the Commission to consider
the benefits the payors receive from Commission regulation in setting
regulatory fees, we seek comment on how better to measure the benefits
on which licensees currently pay fees. For example, we seek comment on
whether total revenues, or relative market share, would be good
measures of the benefit payors receive from the work of the Commission
to promote competition and remove barriers to market entry. Finally, we
specifically seek comment on the Commission's statutory authority to
implement any of these changes.
Background
II. Legal Basis
48. This action, including publication of proposed rules, is
authorized under Sections (4)(i) and (j), 9, and 303(r) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended.\24\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and (j), 159, and 303(r).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Rules Will Apply
49. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules and policies, if adopted.\25\ The RFA
generally defines the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning
as the terms ``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small
governmental jurisdiction.'' \26\ In addition, the term ``small
business'' has the same meaning as the term ``small business concern''
under the Small Business Act.\27\ A ``small business concern'' is one
which: (1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in
its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the SBA.\28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ 5 U.S.C. 603(b)(3).
\26\ 5 U.S.C. 601(6).
\27\ 5 U.S.C. 601(3) (incorporating by reference the definition
of ``small-business concern'' in the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C.
632). Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 601(3), the statutory definition of a
small business applies ``unless an agency, after consultation with
the Office of Advocacy of the Small Business Administration and
after opportunity for public comment, establishes one or more
definitions of such term which are appropriate to the activities of
the agency and publishes such definition(s) in the Federal
Register.''
\28\ 15 U.S.C. 632.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
50. Small Businesses. Nationwide, there are a total of
approximately 29.6 million small businesses, according to the SBA.\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ``Frequently Asked
Questions,'' https://web.sba.gov/faqs (accessed Jan. 2009).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
51. Small Businesses, Small Organizations, and Small Governmental
Jurisdictions. Our action may, over time, affect small entities that
are not easily categorized at present. We therefore describe here, at
the outset, three comprehensive, statutory small entity size
standards.\30\ First, nationwide, there are a total of approximately
27.5 million small businesses, according to the SBA.\31\ In addition, a
``small organization'' is generally ``any not-for-profit enterprise
which is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its
field.'' \32\ Nationwide, as of 2007, there were approximately
1,621,315 small organizations.\33\ Finally, the term ``small
governmental jurisdiction'' is defined generally as ``governments of
cities, towns, townships, villages, school districts, or special
districts, with a population of less than fifty thousand.'' \34\ Census
Bureau data for 2011 indicate that there were 89,476 local governmental
jurisdictions in the United States.\35\ We estimate that, of this
total, as many as 88, 506 entities may qualify as ``small governmental
jurisdictions.'' \36\ Thus, we estimate that most governmental
jurisdictions are small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ See 5 U.S.C. 601(3)-(6).
\31\ See SBA, Office of Advocacy, ``Frequently Asked
Questions,'' web.sba.gov/faqs (last visited May 6, 2011; figures are
from 2009).
\32\ 5 U.S.C. 601(4).
\33\ Independent Sector, The New Nonprofit Almanac & Desk
Reference (2010).
\34\ 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
\35\ U.S. Census Bureau, Statistical Abstract of the United
States: 2011, Table 427 (2007)
\36\ The 2007 U.S Census data for small governmental
organizations indicate that there were 89,476 ``Local Governments''
in 2007. (U.S. CENSUS BUREAU, STATISTICAL ABSTRACT OF THE UNITED
STATES 2011, Table 428.) The criterion by which the size of such
local governments is determined to be small is a population of
50,000. However, since the Census Bureau does not specifically apply
that criterion, it cannot be determined with precision how many of
such local governmental organizations is small. Nonetheless, the
inference seems reasonable that a substantial number of these
governmental organizations has a population of less than 50,000. To
look at Table 428 in conjunction with a related set of data in Table
429 in the Census's Statistical Abstract of the U.S., that inference
is further supported by the fact that in both Tables, many entities
that may well be small are included in the 89,476 local governmental
organizations, e.g. county, municipal, township and town, school
district and special district entities. Measured by a criterion of a
population of 50,000 many specific sub-entities in this category
seem more likely than larger county-level governmental organizations
to have small populations. Accordingly, of the 89,746 small
governmental organizations identified in the 2007 Census, the
Commission estimates that a substantial majority is small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
52. Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (Incumbent LECs). Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard
specifically for incumbent local exchange services. The appropriate
size standard under SBA rules is for the category Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size standard, such a business
is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.\37\ Census Bureau data for
2007, which now supersede data from the 2002 Census, show that there
were 3,188 firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of
this total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or fewer, and 44 firms had had
employment of 1,000 or more. According to Commission data, 1,307
carriers reported that they were incumbent local exchange service
providers.\38\ Of these 1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006 have 1,500
or fewer employees and 301 have more than
[[Page 49759]]
1,500 employees.\39\ Consequently, the Commission estimates that most
providers of local exchange service are small entities that may be
affected by the rules and policies proposed in the NPRM. Thus under
this category and the associated small business size standard, the
majority of these incumbent local exchange service providers can be
considered small providers.\40\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\37\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
\38\ See Trends in Telephone Service, Federal Communications
Commission, Wireline Competition Bureau, Industry Analysis and
Technology Division at Table 5.3 (Sept. 2010) (``Trends in Telephone
Service'').
\39\ See id.
\40\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
53. Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (Competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant Service Providers,
and Other Local Service Providers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size standard specifically for these
service providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for
the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\41\ Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or fewer, and 44 firms had had
employment of 1,000 employees or more. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of these
Competitive LECs, CAPs, Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and Other
Local Service Providers can be considered small entities.\42\ According
to Commission data, 1,442 carriers reported that they were engaged in
the provision of either competitive local exchange services or
competitive access provider services.\43\ Of these 1,442 carriers, an
estimated 1,256 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 186 have more than
1,500 employees.\44\ In addition, 17 carriers have reported that they
are Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and all 17 are estimated to have
1,500 or fewer employees.\45\ In addition, 72 carriers have reported
that they are Other Local Service Providers.\46\ Of the 72, seventy
have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more than 1,500
employees.\47\ Consequently, the Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange service, competitive access
providers, Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and Other Local Service
Providers are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\41\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
\42\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\43\ See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
\44\ Id.
\45\ Id.
\46\ Id.
\47\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
54. Local Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\48\ Census data for 2007 show that 1,523 firms provided
resale services during that year. Of that number, 1,522 operated with
fewer than 1,000 employees and one operated with more than 1,000.\49\
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these local resellers can be considered small
entities. According to Commission data, 213 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of local resale services.\50\ Of
these, an estimated 211 have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more
than 1,500 employees.\51\ Consequently, the Commission estimates that
the majority of local resellers are small entities that may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to this NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\48\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
\49\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\50\ See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
\51\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
55. Toll Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\52\ Census data for 2007 show that 1,523 firms provided
resale services during that year. Of that number, 1,522 operated with
fewer than 1,000 employees and one operated with more than 1,000.\53\
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these resellers can be considered small
entities. According to Commission data,\54\ 881 carriers have reported
that they are engaged in the provision of toll resale services. Of
these, an estimated 857 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 24 have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of toll resellers are small entities that may be affected by
our proposed rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\52\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
\53\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\54\ Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
56. Payphone Service Providers (PSPs). Neither the Commission nor
the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
payphone services providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\55\ Census Bureau data for 2007 shows that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or fewer, and 44 firms had had
employment of 1,000 employees or more. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of these PSPs can
be considered small entities.\56\ According to Commission data,\57\ 657
carriers have reported that they are engaged in the provision of
payphone services. Of these, an estimated 653 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and four have more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority of payphone service providers
are small entities that may be affected by our action.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
\56\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\57\ Trends in Telephone Service, at table 5.3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
57. Interexchange Carriers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a small business size standard specifically for providers of
interexchange services. The appropriate size standard under SBA rules
is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\58\ Census Bureau data for 2007 shows that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or fewer, and 44 firms had had
employment of 1,000 employees or more. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of these
Interexchange carriers can be considered small entities.\59\ According
to Commission data, 359 companies reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was the provision of interexchange
services.\60\ Of these 359 companies, an estimated 317 have 1,500 or
fewer employees and 42 have more than 1,500 employees.\61\
Consequently, the
[[Page 49760]]
Commission estimates that the majority of interexchange service
providers are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\58\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
\59\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\60\ See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
\61\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
58. Operator Service Providers (OSPs). Neither the Commission nor
the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
operator service providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\62\ Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were 3,188
firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 3,144 had employment of 999 or fewer, and 44 firms had had
employment of 1,000 employees or more. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of these
Interexchange carriers can be considered small entities.\63\ According
to Commission data, 33 carriers have reported that they are engaged in
the provision of operator services. Of these, an estimated 31 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 2 have more than 1,500 employees.\64\
Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of OSPs are
small entities that may be affected by our proposed rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\62\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
\63\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\64\ Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
59. Prepaid Calling Card Providers. Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
prepaid calling card providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Telecommunications Resellers. Under that size
standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\65\ Census data for 2007 show that 1,523 firms provided
resale services during that year. Of that number, 1,522 operated with
fewer than 1,000 employees and one operated with more than 1,000.\66\
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these prepaid calling card providers can be
considered small entities. According to Commission data, 193 carriers
have reported that they are engaged in the provision of prepaid calling
cards.\67\ Of these, all 193 have 1,500 or fewer employees and none
have more than 1,500 employees.\68\ Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of prepaid calling card providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to this NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\65\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
\66\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\67\ See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
\68\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
60. 800 and 800-Like Service Subscribers.\69\ Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard
specifically for 800 and 800-like service (``toll free'') subscribers.
The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the category
Telecommunications Resellers. Under that size standard, such a business
is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.\70\ Census data for 2007
show that 1,523 firms provided resale services during that year. Of
that number, 1,522 operated with fewer than 1,000 employees and one
operated with more than 1,000.\71\ Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of resellers in
this classification can be considered small entities. To focus
specifically on the number of subscribers than on those firms which
make subscription service available, the most reliable source of
information regarding the number of these service subscribers appears
to be data the Commission collects on the 800, 888, 877, and 866
numbers in use.\72\ According to our data for September 2009, the
number of 800 numbers assigned was 7,860,000; the number of 888 numbers
assigned was 5,888,687; the number of 877 numbers assigned was
4,721,866; and the number of 866 numbers assigned was 7,867,736. The
Commission does not have data specifying the number of these
subscribers that are not independently owned and operated or have more
than 1,500 employees, and thus are unable at this time to estimate with
greater precision the number of toll free subscribers that would
qualify as small businesses under the SBA size standard. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that there are 7,860.000 or fewer small entity
800 subscribers; 5,888,687 or fewer small entity 888 subscribers;
4,721,866 or fewer small entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or fewer
small entity 866 subscribers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\69\ We include all toll-free number subscribers in this
category, including those for 888 numbers.
\70\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517911.
\71\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=800&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\72\ Trends in Telephone Service, at Tables 18.4, 18.5, 18.6,
18.7.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
61. Satellite Telecommunications Providers. Two economic census
categories address the satellite industry. The first category has a
small business size standard of $15 million or less in average annual
receipts, under SBA rules.\73\ The second has a size standard of $25
million or less in annual receipts.\74\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\73\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517410.
\74\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517919.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
62. The category of Satellite Telecommunications ``comprises
establishments primarily engaged in providing telecommunications
services to other establishments in the telecommunications and
broadcasting industries by forwarding and receiving communications
signals via a system of satellites or reselling satellite
telecommunications.'' \75\ Census Bureau data for 2007 show that 512
Satellite Telecommunications firms that operated for that entire
year.\76\ Of this total, 464 firms had annual receipts of under $10
million, and 18 firms had receipts of $10 million to $24,999,999.\77\
Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of Satellite
Telecommunications firms are small entities that might be affected by
our action.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\75\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, 517410
Satellite Telecommunications.
\76\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
\77\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
63. The second category, i.e. ``All Other Telecommunications''
comprises ``establishments primarily engaged in providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation. This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in providing satellite terminal
stations and associated facilities connected with one or more
terrestrial systems and capable of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from, satellite systems.
Establishments providing Internet services or voice over Internet
protocol (VoIP) services via client-supplied telecommunications
connections are also included in this industry.'' \78\ For this
category, Census Bureau data for 2007 shows that there were a total of
2,383 firms that operated for the entire year.\79\ Of this total, 2,347
firms had annual receipts of under $25 million and 12 firms had annual
receipts of $25 million to $49,999,999.\80\ Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
[[Page 49761]]
of All Other Telecommunications firms are small entities that might be
affected by our action.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\78\ https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517919&search=2007%20NAICS%20Search.
\79\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
\80\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=900&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ4&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
64. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite). This
industry comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining
switching and transmission facilities to provide communications via the
airwaves. Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and
provide services using that spectrum, such as cellular phone services,
paging services, wireless Internet access, and wireless video
services.\81\ The appropriate size standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wireless Telecommunications Carriers. The size standard for
that category is that a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\82\ Under the present and prior categories, the SBA has
deemed a wireless business to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\83\ For this category, census data for 2007 show that there
were 1,383 firms that operated for the entire year.\84\ Of this total,
1,368 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees and 15 had
employment of 1,000 employees or more.\85\ Thus under this category and
the associated small business size standard, the Commission estimates
that the majority of wireless telecommunications carriers (except
satellite) are small entities that may be affected by our proposed
action.\86\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\81\ https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=517210&search=2007%20NAICS%20Search.
\82\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\83\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210. The now-superseded, pre-
2007 CFR citations were 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS codes 517211 and
517212 (referring to the 2002 NAICS).
\84\ U.S. Census Bureau, Subject Series: Information, Table 5,
``Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the
United States: 2007 NAICS Code 517210'' (issued Nov. 2010).
\85\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with
``100 employees or more.''
\86\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
65. Licenses Assigned by Auctions. Initially, we note that, as a
general matter, the number of winning bidders that qualify as small
businesses at the close of an auction does not necessarily represent
the number of small businesses currently in service. Also, the
Commission does not generally track subsequent business size unless, in
the context of assignments or transfers, unjust enrichment issues are
implicated.
66. Paging Services. Neither the SBA nor the FCC has developed a
definition applicable exclusively to paging services. However, a
variety of paging services is now categorized under Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite).\87\This industry
comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining switching
and transmission facilities to provide communications via the airwaves.
Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and provide
services using that spectrum, such as cellular phone services, paging
services, wireless Internet access, and wireless video services.
Illustrative examples in the paging context include paging services,
except satellite; two-way paging communications carriers, except
satellite; and radio paging services communications carriers. The SBA
has deemed a paging service in this category to be small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees.\88\ For this category, census data for 2007
show that there were 1,383 firms that operated for the entire year.\89\
Of this total, 1,368 firms had employment of 999 or fewer employees and
15 had employment of 1,000 employees or more.\90\ Thus under this
category and the associated small business size standard,, the
Commission estimates that the majority of paging services in the
category of wireless telecommunications carriers (except satellite) are
small entities that may be affected by our proposed action.\91\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\87\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, ``517210
Wireless Telecommunications Categories (Except Satellite)''; https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517210.HTM#N517210.
\88\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, ``517210
Wireless Telecommunications Categories (Except Satellite)''.
\89\ U.S. Census Bureau, Subject Series: Information, Table 5,
``Establishment and Firm Size: Employment Size of Firms for the
United States: 2007 NAICS Code 517210'' (issued Nov. 2010).
\90\ Id. Available census data do not provide a more precise
estimate of the number of firms that have employment of 1,500 or
fewer employees; the largest category provided is for firms with
``100 employees or more.''
\91\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
67. In addition, in the Paging Second Report and Order, the
Commission adopted a size standard for ``small businesses'' for
purposes of determining their eligibility for special provisions such
as bidding credits.\92\ A small business is an entity that, together
with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding three years.\93\
The SBA has approved this definition.\94\ An initial auction of
Metropolitan Economic Area (``MEA'') licenses was conducted in the year
2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned, 985 were sold.\95\ Fifty-seven
companies claiming small business status won 440 licenses.\96\ A
subsequent auction of MEA and Economic Area (``EA'') licenses was held
in the year 2001. Of the 15,514 licenses auctioned, 5,323 were
sold.\97\ One hundred thirty-two companies claiming small business
status purchased 3,724 licenses. A third auction, consisting of 8,874
licenses in each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in all but three of the
51 MEAs, was held in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming small or very
small business status won 2,093 licenses.\98\ A fourth auction of 9,603
lower and upper band paging licenses was held in the year 2010. 29
bidders claiming small or very small business status won 3,016
licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\92\ Revision of Part 22 and Part 90 of the Commission's Rules
to Facilitate Future Development of Paging Systems, Second Report
and Order, 12 FCC Rcd 2732, 2811-2812, paras. 178-181 (``Paging
Second Report and Order''); see also Revision of Part 22 and Part 90
of the Commission's Rules to Facilitate Future Development of Paging
Systems, Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration, 14 FCC Rcd
10030, 10085-10088, paras. 98-107 (1999).
\93\ Paging Second Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd at 2811, para.
179.
\94\ See Letter from Aida Alvarez, Administrator, SBA, to Amy
Zoslov, Chief, Auctions and Industry Analysis Division, Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau (``WTB''), FCC (Dec. 2, 1998) (``Alvarez
Letter 1998'').
\95\ See ``929 and 931 MHz Paging Auction Closes,'' Public
Notice, 15 FCC Rcd 4858 (WTB 2000).
\96\ See id.
\97\ See ``Lower and Upper Paging Band Auction Closes,'' Public
Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 21821 (WTB 2002).
\98\ See ``Lower and Upper Paging Bands Auction Closes,'' Public
Notice, 18 FCC Rcd 11154 (WTB 2003). The current number of small or
very small business entities that hold wireless licenses may differ
significantly from the number of such entities that won in spectrum
auctions due to assignments and transfers of licenses in the
secondary market over time. In addition, some of the same small
business entities may have won licenses in more than one auction.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
68. 2.3 GHz Wireless Communications Services. This service can be
used for fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital audio broadcasting
satellite uses. The Commission defined ``small business'' for the
wireless communications services (``WCS'') auction as an entity with
average gross revenues of $40 million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ``very small business'' as an entity with average gross
revenues of $15 million for each of the three preceding years.\99\ The
SBA approved these definitions.\100\ The Commission conducted an
auction of geographic area licenses in the WCS service in 1997. In the
auction, seven bidders that qualified as very small business entities
won 31
[[Page 49762]]
licenses, and one bidder that qualified as a small business entity won
a license.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\99\ Amendment of the Commission's Rules to Establish Part 27,
the Wireless Communications Service (WCS), Report and Order, 12 FCC
Rcd 10785, 10879, para. 194 (1997).
\100\ See Alvarez Letter 1998.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
69. 1670-1675 MHz Services. This service can be used for fixed and
mobile uses, except aeronautical mobile.\101\ An auction for one
license in the 1670-1675 MHz band was conducted in 2003. The Commission
defined a ``small business'' as an entity with attributable average
annual gross revenues of not more than $40 million for the preceding
three years, which would thus be eligible for a 15 percent discount on
its winning bid for the 1670-1675 MHz band license. Further, the
Commission defined a ``very small business'' as an entity with
attributable average annual gross revenues of not more than $15 million
for the preceding three years, which would thus be eligible to receive
a 25 percent discount on its winning bid for the 1670-1675 MHz band
license. The winning bidder was not a small entity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\101\ 47 CFR 2.106; see generally 47 CFR 27.1-.70.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
70. Wireless Telephony. Wireless telephony includes cellular,
personal communications services, and specialized mobile radio
telephony carriers. As noted, the SBA has developed a small business
size standard for Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite).\102\ Under the SBA small business size standard, a business
is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.\103\ Census data for 2007
shows that there were 1,383 firms that operated that year.\104\ Of
those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more
than 100 employees. Thus under this category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of firms can be considered small.
According to Trends in Telephone Service data, 434 carriers reported
that they were engaged in wireless telephony.\105\ Of these, an
estimated 222 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 212 have more than
1,500 employees.\106\ Therefore, approximately half of these entities
can be considered small. Similarly, according to Commission data, 413
carriers reported that they were engaged in the provision of wireless
telephony, including cellular service, Personal Communications Service
(PCS), and Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR) Telephony services.\107\ Of
these, an estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 152 have more
than 1,500 employees.\108\ Consequently, the Commission estimates that
approximately half or more of these firms can be considered small.
Thus, using available data, we estimate that the majority of wireless
firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\102\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\103\ Id.
\104\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\105\ Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
\106\ Id.
\107\ See Trends in Telephone Service, at Table 5.3.
\108\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
71. Broadband Personal Communications Service. Broadband Personal
Communications Service. The broadband personal communications services
(PCS) spectrum is divided into six frequency blocks designated A
through F, and the Commission has held auctions for each block. The
Commission initially defined a ``small business'' for C- and F-Block
licenses as an entity that has average gross revenues of $40 million or
less in the three previous years.\109\ For F-Block licenses, an
additional small business size standard for ``very small business'' was
added and is defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more than $15 million for the
preceding three years.\110\ These small business size standards, in the
context of broadband PCS auctions, have been approved by the SBA.\111\
No small businesses within the SBA-approved small business size
standards bid successfully for licenses in Blocks A and B. There were
90 winning bidders that claimed small business status in the first two
C-Block auctions. A total of 93 bidders that claimed small and very
small business status won approximately 40 percent of the 1,479
licenses in the first auction for the D, E, and F Blocks.\112\ On April
15, 1999, the Commission completed the re-auction of 347 C-, D-, E-,
and F-Block licenses in Auction No. 22.\113\ Of the 57 winning bidders
in that auction, 48 claimed small business status and won 277 licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\109\ See Amendment of Parts 20 and 24 of the Commission's
Rules--Broadband PCS Competitive Bidding and the Commercial Mobile
Radio Service Spectrum Cap; Amendment of the Commission's Cellular/
PCS Cross-Ownership Rule, WT Docket No. 96-59, GN Docket No. 90-314,
Report and Order, 11 FCC Rcd 7824, 7850-52 paras. 57-60 (1996)
(``PCS Report and Order''); see also 47 CFR 24.720(b).
\110\ See PCS Report and Order, 11 FCC Rcd at 7852 para. 60.
\111\ See Alvarez Letter 1998.
\112\ See Broadband PCS, D, E and F Block Auction Closes, Public
Notice, Doc. No. 89838 (released Jan. 14, 1997).
\113\ See C, D, E, and F Block Broadband PCS Auction Closes,
Public Notice, 14 FCC Rcd 6688 (WTB 1999). Before Auction No. 22,
the Commission established a very small standard for the C Block to
match the standard used for F Block. Amendment of the Commission's
Rules Regarding Installment Payment Financing for Personal
Communications Services (PCS) Licensees, WT Docket No. 97-82, Fourth
Report and Order, 13 FCC Rcd 15743, 15768 para. 46 (1998).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
72. On January 26, 2001, the Commission completed the auction of
422 C and F Block Broadband PCS licenses in Auction No. 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in that auction, 29 claimed small business status.\114\
Subsequent events concerning Auction 35, including judicial and agency
determinations, resulted in a total of 163 C and F Block licenses being
available for grant. On February 15, 2005, the Commission completed an
auction of 242 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block licenses in Auction No. 58. Of
the 24 winning bidders in that auction, 16 claimed small business
status and won 156 licenses.\115\ On May 21, 2007, the Commission
completed an auction of 33 licenses in the A, C, and F Blocks in
Auction No. 71.\116\ Of the 14 winning bidders in that auction, six
claimed small business status and won 18 licenses.\117\ On August 20,
2008, the Commission completed the auction of 20 C-, D-, E-, and F-
Block Broadband PCS licenses in Auction No. 78.\118\ Of the eight
winning bidders for Broadband PCS licenses in that auction, six claimed
small business status and won 14 licenses.\119\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\114\ See C and F Block Broadband PCS Auction Closes; Winning
Bidders Announced, Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 2339 (2001).
\115\ See Broadband PCS Spectrum Auction Closes; Winning Bidders
Announced for Auction No. 58, Public Notice, 20 FCC Rcd 3703 (2005).
\116\ See Auction of Broadband PCS Spectrum Licenses Closes;
Winning Bidders Announced for Auction No. 71, Public Notice, 22 FCC
Rcd 9247 (2007).
\117\ Id.
\118\ See Auction of AWS-1 and Broadband PCS Licenses Closes;
Winning Bidders Announced for Auction 78, Public Notice, 23 FCC Rcd
12749 (WTB 2008).
\119\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
73. Advanced Wireless Services. In 2006, the Commission conducted
its first auction of Advanced Wireless Services licenses in the 1710-
1755 MHz and 2110-2155 MHz bands (``AWS-1''), designated as Auction
66.\120\ For the AWS-1 bands, the Commission has defined a ``small
business'' as an entity with average annual gross revenues for the
preceding three years not exceeding $40 million, and a ``very small
business'' as an entity with average annual gross revenues for the
preceding three years not exceeding $15
[[Page 49763]]
million.\121\ In 2006, the Commission conducted its first auction of
AWS-1 licenses.\122\ In that initial AWS-1 auction, 31 winning bidders
identified themselves as very small businesses won 142 licenses.\123\
Twenty-six of the winning bidders identified themselves as small
businesses and won 73 licenses.\124\ In a subsequent 2008 auction, the
Commission offered 35 AWS-1 licenses.\125\ Four winning bidders
identified themselves as very small businesses, and three of the
winning bidders identifying themselves as a small businesses won five
AWS-1 licenses.\126\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\120\ See Auction of Advanced Wireless Services Licenses
Scheduled for June 29, 2006; Notice and Filing Requirements, Minimum
Opening Bids, Upfront Payments and Other Procedures for Auction No.
66, AU Docket No. 06-30, Public Notice, 21 FCC Rcd 4562 (2006)
(``Auction 66 Procedures Public Notice'');
\121\ See Service Rules for Advanced Wireless Services in the
1.7 GHz and 2.1 GHz Bands, Report and Order, 18 FCC Rcd 25,162, App.
B (2003), modified by Service Rules for Advanced Wireless Services
In the 1.7 GHz and 2.1 GHz Bands, Order on Reconsideration, 20 FCC
Rcd 14,058, App. C (2005).
\122\ See Auction of Advanced Wireless Services Licenses
Scheduled for June 29, 2006; Notice and Filing Requirements, Minimum
Opening Bids, Upfront Payments and Other Procedures for Auction No.
66, AU Docket No. 06-30, Public Notice, 21 FCC Rcd 4562 (2006)
(``Auction 66 Procedures Public Notice'').
\123\ See Auction of Advanced Wireless Services Licenses Closes;
Winning Bidders Announced for Auction No. 66, Public Notice, 21 FCC
Rcd 10,521 (2006) (``Auction 66 Closing Public Notice'').
\124\ See id.
\125\ See AWS-1 and Broadband PCS Procedures Public Notice, 23
FCC Rcd at 7499. Auction 78 also included an auction of broadband
PCS licenses.
\126\ See Auction of AWS-1 and Broadband PCS Licenses Closes,
Winning Bidders Announced for Auction 78, Down Payments Due
September 9, 2008, FCC Forms 601 and 602 Due September 9, 2008,
Final Payments Due September 23, 2008, Ten-Day Petition to Deny
Period, Public Notice, 23 FCC Rcd 12,749 (2008).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
74. Narrowband Personal Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted two auctions of Narrowband PCS licenses. For these
auctions, the Commission defined a ``small business'' as an entity with
average annual gross revenues for the preceding three years not
exceeding $40 million.\127\ Through these auctions, the Commission
awarded a total of 41 licenses, 11 of which were obtained by four small
businesses.\128\ To ensure meaningful participation by small business
entities in future auctions, the Commission adopted a two-tiered small
business size standard in the Narrowband PCS Second Report and
Order.\129\ A ``small business'' is an entity that, together with
affiliates and controlling interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more than $40 million.\130\ A ``very
small business'' is an entity that, together with affiliates and
controlling interests, has average gross revenues for the three
preceding years of not more than $15 million.\131\ The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.\132\ A third auction of Narrowband
PCS licenses was conducted in 2001. In that auction, five bidders won
317 (Metropolitan Trading Areas and nationwide) licenses.\133\ Three of
the winning bidders claimed status as a small or very small entity and
won 311 licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\127\ Implementation of Section 309(j) of the Communications
Act--Competitive Bidding Narrowband PCS, Third Memorandum Opinion
and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 10 FCC Rcd 175,
196, para. 46 (1994).
\128\ See ``Announcing the High Bidders in the Auction of Ten
Nationwide Narrowband PCS Licenses, Winning Bids Total
$617,006,674,'' Public Notice, PNWL 94-004 (released Aug. 2, 1994);
``Announcing the High Bidders in the Auction of 30 Regional
Narrowband PCS Licenses; Winning Bids Total $490,901,787,'' Public
Notice, PNWL 94-27 (released Nov. 9, 1994).
\129\ Amendment of the Commission's Rules to Establish New
Personal Communications Services, Narrowband PCS, Second Report and
Order and Second Further Notice of Proposed Rule Making, 15 FCC Rcd
10456, 10476, para. 40 (2000) (``Narrowband PCS Second Report and
Order'').
\130\ Narrowband PCS Second Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at
10476, para. 40.
\131\ Id.
\132\ See Alvarez Letter 1998.
\133\ See ``Narrowband PCS Auction Closes,'' Public Notice, 16
FCC Rcd 18663 (WTB 2001).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
75. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses. The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding
credits.\134\ The Commission defined a ``small business'' as an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years.\135\ A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues that are not more than $15 million for the
preceding three years.\136\ Additionally, the Lower 700 MHz Service had
a third category of small business status for Metropolitan/Rural
Service Area (``MSA/RSA'') licenses--``entrepreneur''--which is defined
as an entity that, together with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues that are not more than $3
million for the preceding three years.\137\ The SBA approved these
small size standards.\138\ An auction of 740 licenses was conducted in
2002 (one license in each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs and one license in each
of the six Economic Area Groupings (EAGs)). Of the 740 licenses
available for auction, 484 licenses were won by 102 winning bidders.
Seventy-two of the winning bidders claimed small business, very small
business, or entrepreneur status and won a total of 329 licenses.\139\
A second auction commenced on May 28, 2003, closed on June 13, 2003,
and included 256 licenses.\140\ Seventeen winning bidders claimed small
or very small business status and won 60 licenses, and nine winning
bidders claimed entrepreneur status and won 154 licenses.\141\ In 2005,
the Commission completed an auction of 5 licenses in the lower 700 MHz
band (Auction 60). All three winning bidders claimed small business
status.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\134\ See Reallocation and Service Rules for the 698-746 MHz
Spectrum Band (Television Channels 52-59), Report and Order, 17 FCC
Rcd 1022 (2002) (``Channels 52-59 Report and Order'').
\135\ See Channels 52-59 Report and Order, 17 FCC Rcd at 1087-
88, para. 172.
\136\ See id.
\137\ See id, 17 FCC Rcd at 1088, para. 173.
\138\ See Letter from Aida Alvarez, Administrator, SBA, to
Thomas Sugrue, Chief, WTB, FCC (Aug. 10, 1999) (``Alvarez Letter
1999'').
\139\ See ``Lower 700 MHz Band Auction Closes,'' Public Notice,
17 FCC Rcd 17272 (WTB 2002).
\140\ See Lower 700 MHz Band Auction Closes, Public Notice, 18
FCC Rcd 11873 (WTB 2003).
\141\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
76. In 2007, the Commission reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second Report and Order.\142\ An auction of A,
B and E block licenses in the Lower 700 MHz band was held in 2008.\143\
Twenty winning bidders claimed small business status (those with
attributable average annual gross revenues that exceed $15 million and
do not exceed $40 million for the preceding three years). Thirty three
winning bidders claimed very small business status (those with
attributable average annual gross revenues that do not exceed $15
million for the preceding three years). In 2011, the Commission
conducted Auction 92, which offered 16 lower 700 MHz band licenses that
had been made available in Auction 73 but either remained unsold or
were licenses on which a winning bidder defaulted. Two of the seven
[[Page 49764]]
winning bidders in Auction 92 claimed very small business status,
winning a total of four licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\142\ Service Rules for the 698-746, 747-762 and 777-792 MHz
Band, WT Docket No. 06-150, Revision of the Commission's Rules to
Ensure Compatibility with Enhanced 911 Emergency Calling Systems, CC
Docket No. 94-102, Section 68.4(a) of the Commission's Rules
Governing Hearing Aid-Compatible Telephone, WT Docket No. 01-309,
Biennial Regulatory Review--Amendment of Parts 1, 22, 24, 27, and 90
to Streamline and Harmonize Various Rules Affecting Wireless Radio
Services, WT Docket No. 03-264, Former Nextel Communications, Inc.
Upper700 MHz Guard Band Licenses and Revisions to Part 27 of the
Commission's Rules, WT Docket No. 06-169, Implementing a Nationwide,
Broadband Interoperable Public Safety Network in the 700 MHz Band,
PS Docket No. 06-229, Development of Operational, Technical and
Spectrum Requirements for Meeting Federal, State, and Local Public
Safety Communications Requirements Through the Year 2010, WT Docket
No. 96-86, Second Report and Order, 22 FCC Rcd 15289 (2007) (``700
MHz Second Report and Order'').
\143\ See Auction of 700 MHz Band Licenses Closes, Public
Notice, 23 FCC Rcd 4572 (WTB 2008).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
77. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses. In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules regarding Upper 700 MHz
licenses.\144\ On January 24, 2008, the Commission commenced Auction 73
in which several licenses in the Upper 700 MHz band were available for
licensing: 12 Regional Economic Area Grouping licenses in the C Block,
and one nationwide license in the D Block.\145\ The auction concluded
on March 18, 2008, with 3 winning bidders claiming very small business
status (those with attributable average annual gross revenues that do
not exceed $15 million for the preceding three years) and winning five
licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\144\ 700 MHz Second Report and Order, 22 FCC Rcd 15289.
\145\ See Auction of 700 MHz Band Licenses Closes, Public
Notice, 23 FCC Rcd 4572 (WTB 2008).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
78. 700 MHz Guard Band Licenses. In 2000, the Commission adopted
the 700 MHz Guard Band Report and Order, in which it established rules
for the A and B block licenses in the Upper 700 MHz band, including
size standards for ``small businesses'' and ``very small businesses''
for purposes of determining their eligibility for special provisions
such as bidding credits.\146\ A small business in this service is an
entity that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years.\147\ Additionally, a very small business is an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues that are not more than $15 million for the
preceding three years.\148\ SBA approval of these definitions is not
required.\149\ An auction of these licenses was conducted in 2000.\150\
Of the 104 licenses auctioned, 96 licenses were won by nine bidders.
Five of these bidders were small businesses that won a total of 26
licenses. A second auction of 700 MHz Guard Band licenses was held in
2001. All eight of the licenses auctioned were sold to three bidders.
One of these bidders was a small business that won a total of two
licenses.\151\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\146\ See Service Rules for the 746-764 MHz Bands, and Revisions
to Part 27 of the Commission's Rules, Second Report and Order, 15
FCC Rcd 5299 (2000) (``700 MHz Guard Band Report and Order'').
\147\ See 700 MHz Guard Band Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at
5343, para. 108.
\148\ See id.
\149\ See id., 15 FCC Rcd 5299, 5343, para. 108 n.246 (for the
746-764 MHz and 776-794 MHz bands, the Commission is exempt from 15
U.S.C. 632, which requires Federal agencies to obtain SBA approval
before adopting small business size standards).
\150\ See ``700 MHz Guard Bands Auction Closes: Winning Bidders
Announced,'' Public Notice, 15 FCC Rcd 18026 (2000).
\151\ See ``700 MHz Guard Bands Auction Closes: Winning Bidders
Announced,'' Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 4590 (WTB 2001).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
79. Specialized Mobile Radio. The Commission adopted small business
size standards for the purpose of determining eligibility for bidding
credits in auctions of Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR) geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz bands. The Commission defined a
``small business'' as an entity that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross revenues not exceeding $15
million for the preceding three years.\152\ The Commission defined a
``very small business'' as an entity that, together with its affiliates
and controlling principals, has average gross revenues not exceeding $3
million for the preceding three years.\153\ The SBA has approved these
small business size standards for both the 800 MHz and 900 MHz SMR
Service.\154\ The first 900 MHz SMR auction was completed in 1996.
Sixty bidders claiming that they qualified as small businesses under
the $15 million size standard won 263 licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band.
In 2004, the Commission held a second auction of 900 MHz SMR licenses
and three winning bidders identifying themselves as very small
businesses won 7 licenses.\155\ The auction of 800 MHz SMR licenses for
the upper 200 channels was conducted in 1997. Ten bidders claiming that
they qualified as small or very small businesses under the $15 million
size standard won 38 licenses for the upper 200 channels.\156\ A second
auction of 800 MHz SMR licenses was conducted in 2002 and included 23
BEA licenses. One bidder claiming small business status won five
licenses.\157\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\152\ 47 CFR 90.810, 90.814(b), 90.912.
\153\ 47 CFR 90.810, 90.814(b), 90.912.
\154\ See Alvarez Letter 1999.
\155\ See 900 MHz Specialized Mobile Radio Service Spectrum
Auction Closes: Winning Bidders Announced,'' Public Notice, 19 FCC
Rcd. 3921 (WTB 2004).
\156\ See ``Correction to Public Notice DA 96-586 `FCC Announces
Winning Bidders in the Auction of 1020 Licenses to Provide 900 MHz
SMR in Major Trading Areas,''' Public Notice, 18 FCC Rcd 18367 (WTB
1996).
\157\ See ``Multi-Radio Service Auction Closes,'' Public Notice,
17 FCC Rcd 1446 (WTB 2002).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
80. The auction of the 1,053 800 MHz SMR licenses for the General
Category channels was conducted in 2000. Eleven bidders who won 108
licenses for the General Category channels in the 800 MHz SMR band
qualified as small or very small businesses.\158\ In an auction
completed in 2000, a total of 2,800 Economic Area licenses in the lower
80 channels of the 800 MHz SMR service were awarded.\159\ Of the 22
winning bidders, 19 claimed small or very small business status and won
129 licenses. Thus, combining all four auctions, 41 winning bidders for
geographic licenses in the 800 MHz SMR band claimed to be small
businesses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\158\ See ``800 MHz Specialized Mobile Radio (SMR) Service
General Category (851-854 MHz) and Upper Band (861-865 MHz) Auction
Closes; Winning Bidders Announced,'' Public Notice, 15 FCC Rcd 17162
(2000).
\159\ See, ``800 MHz SMR Service Lower 80 Channels Auction
Closes; Winning Bidders Announced,'' Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 1736
(2000).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
81. In addition, there are numerous incumbent site-by-site SMR
licensees and licensees with extended implementation authorizations in
the 800 and 900 MHz bands. We do not know how many firms provide 800
MHz or 900 MHz geographic area SMR pursuant to extended implementation
authorizations, nor how many of these providers have annual revenues
not exceeding $15 million. One firm has over $15 million in revenues.
In addition, we do not know how many of these firms have 1500 or fewer
employees.\160\ We assume, for purposes of this analysis, that all of
the remaining existing extended implementation authorizations are held
by small entities, as that small business size standard is approved by
the SBA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\160\ See generally 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
82. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase I Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase I licensing was conducted
by lotteries in 1992 and 1993. There are approximately 1,515 such non-
nationwide licensees and four nationwide licensees currently authorized
to operate in the 220 MHz band. The Commission has not developed a
small business size standard for small entities specifically applicable
to such incumbent 220 MHz Phase I licensees. To estimate the number of
such licensees that are small businesses, the Commission applies the
small business size standard under the SBA rules applicable. The SBA
has deemed a wireless business to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees.\161\ For this service, the SBA uses the category of Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). Census data for 2007,
which supersede data contained in the 2002
[[Page 49765]]
Census, show that there were 1,383 firms that operated that year.\162\
Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had
more than 100 employees. Thus under this category and the associated
small business size standard, the majority of firms can be considered
small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\161\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210 (2007 NAICS). The now-
superseded, pre-2007 C.F.R. citations were 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS
codes 517211 and 517212 (referring to the 2002 NAICS).
\162\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
83. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase II Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The Phase II 220 MHz service
licenses are assigned by auction, where mutually exclusive applications
are accepted. In the 220 MHz Third Report and Order, the Commission
adopted a small business size standard for defining ``small'' and
``very small'' businesses for purposes of determining their eligibility
for special provisions such as bidding credits.\163\ This small
business standard indicates that a ``small business'' is an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years.\164\ A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues that do not exceed $3 million for the preceding
three years.\165\ The SBA has approved these small size standards.\166\
Auctions of Phase II licenses commenced on and closed in 1998.\167\ In
the first auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in three different-sized
geographic areas: three nationwide licenses, 30 Regional Economic Area
Group (EAG) Licenses, and 875 Economic Area (EA) Licenses. Of the 908
licenses auctioned, 693 were sold.\168\ Thirty-nine small businesses
won 373 licenses in the first 220 MHz auction. A second auction
included 225 licenses: 216 EA licenses and 9 EAG licenses. Fourteen
companies claiming small business status won 158 licenses.\169\ A third
auction included four licenses: 2 BEA licenses and 2 EAG licenses in
the 220 MHz Service. No small or very small business won any of these
licenses.\170\ In 2007, the Commission conducted a fourth auction of
the 220 MHz licenses, designated as Auction 72.\171\ Auction 72, which
offered 94 Phase II 220 MHz Service licenses, concluded in 2007.\172\
In this auction, five winning bidders won a total of 76 licenses. Two
winning bidders identified themselves as very small businesses won 56
of the 76 licenses. One of the winning bidders that identified
themselves as a small business won 5 of the 76 licenses won.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\163\ Amendment of Part 90 of the Commission's Rules to Provide
For the Use of the 220-222 MHz Band by the Private Land Mobile Radio
Service, Third Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd 10943, 11068-70 paras.
291-295 (1997).
\164\ Id. at 11068 para. 291.
\165\ Id.
\166\ See Letter to Daniel Phythyon, Chief, Wireless
Telecommunications Bureau, Federal Communications Commission, from
Aida Alvarez, Administrator, Small Business Administration, dated
January 6, 1998 (Alvarez to Phythyon Letter 1998).
\167\ See generally 220 MHz Service Auction Closes, Public
Notice, 14 FCC Rcd 605 (WTB 1998).
\168\ See FCC Announces It is Prepared to Grant 654 Phase II 220
MHz Licenses After Final Payment is Made, Public Notice, 14 FCC Rcd
1085 (WTB 1999).
\169\ See Phase II 220 MHz Service Spectrum Auction Closes,
Public Notice, 14 FCC Rcd 11218 (WTB 1999).
\170\ See Multi-Radio Service Auction Closes, Public Notice, 17
FCC Rcd 1446 (WTB 2002).
\171\ See ``Auction of Phase II 220 MHz Service Spectrum
Scheduled for June 20, 2007, Notice and Filing Requirements, Minimum
Opening Bids, Upfront Payments and Other Procedures for Auction 72,
Public Notice, 22 FCC Rcd 3404 (2007).
\172\ See Auction of Phase II 220 MHz Service Spectrum Licenses
Closes, Winning Bidders Announced for Auction 72, Down Payments due
July 18, 2007, FCC Forms 601 and 602 due July 18, 2007, Final
Payments due August 1, 2007, Ten-Day Petition to Deny Period, Public
Notice, 22 FCC Rcd 11573 (2007).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
84. Private Land Mobile Radio (``PLMR''). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial, business, land transportation,
and public safety activities. These radios are used by companies of all
sizes operating in all U.S. business categories, and are often used in
support of the licensee's primary (non-telecommunications) business
operations. For the purpose of determining whether a licensee of a PLMR
system is a small business as defined by the SBA, we use the broad
census category, Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that a small entity is any such
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons.\173\ The Commission does
not require PLMR licensees to disclose information about number of
employees, so the Commission does not have information that could be
used to determine how many PLMR licensees constitute small entities
under this definition. We note that PLMR licensees generally use the
licensed facilities in support of other business activities, and
therefore, it would also be helpful to assess PLMR licensees under the
standards applied to the particular industry subsector to which the
licensee belongs.\174\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\173\ See 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\174\ See generally 13 CFR 121.201.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
85. As of March 2010, there were 424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands below 512 MHz. We note that any
entity engaged in a commercial activity is eligible to hold a PLMR
license, and that any revised rules in this context could therefore
potentially impact small entities covering a great variety of
industries.
86. Fixed Microwave Services. Microwave services include common
carrier,\175\ private-operational fixed,\176\ and broadcast auxiliary
radio services.\177\ They also include the Local Multipoint
Distribution Service (``LMDS''),\178\ the Digital Electronic Message
Service (``DEMS''),\179\ and the 24 GHz Service,\180\ where licensees
can choose between common carrier and non-common carrier status.\181\
The Commission has not yet defined a small business with respect to
microwave services. For purposes of this IRFA, the Commission will use
the SBA's definition applicable to Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite)--i.e., an entity with no more than 1,500 persons is
considered small.\182\ For the category of Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite), Census data for 2007 shows that there were
1,383 firms that operated that year.\183\ Of those 1,383, 1,368 had
fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees.
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of firms can be considered small. The Commission
notes that the number of firms does not necessarily track the number of
licensees. The Commission estimates that virtually all of the Fixed
Microwave licensees (excluding broadcast auxiliary licensees) would
qualify as small entities under the SBA definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\175\ See 47 CFR Part 101, subparts C and I.
\176\ See id. subparts C and H.
\177\ Auxiliary Microwave Service is governed by part 74 of
Title 47 of the Commission's rules. See 47 CFR part 74. Available to
licensees of broadcast stations and to broadcast and cable network
entities, broadcast auxiliary microwave stations are used for
relaying broadcast television signals from the studio to the
transmitter, or between two points such as a main studio and an
auxiliary studio. The service also includes mobile TV pickups, which
relay signals from a remote location back to the studio.
\178\ See 47 CFR part 101, subpart L.
\179\ See id. subpart G.
\180\ See id.
\181\ See 47 CFR 101.533, 101.1017.
\182\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\183\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
87. 39 GHz Service. The Commission adopted small business size
standards for 39 GHz licenses. A ``small business''
[[Page 49766]]
is defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross revenues not exceeding $40
million in the preceding three years.\184\ A ``very small business'' is
defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues of not more than $15 million for
the preceding three years.\185\ The SBA has approved these small
business size standards.\186\ In 2000, the Commission conducted an
auction of 2,173 39 GHz licenses. A total of 18 bidders who claimed
small or very small business status won 849 licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\184\ See Amendment of the Commission's Rules Regarding the
37.0-38.6 GHz and 38.6-40.0 GHz Bands, ET Docket No. 95-183, Report
and Order, 12 FCC Rcd 18600 (1997).
\185\ Id.
\186\ See Letter from Aida Alvarez, Administrator, SBA, to
Kathleen O'Brien Ham, Chief, Auctions and Industry Analysis
Division, WTB, FCC (Feb. 4, 1998); see Letter from Hector Barreto,
Administrator, SBA, to Margaret Wiener, Chief, Auctions and Industry
Analysis Division, WTB, FCC (Jan. 18, 2002).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
88. Local Multipoint Distribution Service. Local Multipoint
Distribution Service (``LMDS'') is a fixed broadband point-to-
multipoint microwave service that provides for two-way video
telecommunications.\187\ The Commission established a small business
size standard for LMDS licenses as an entity that has average gross
revenues of less than $40 million in the three previous years.\188\ An
additional small business size standard for ``very small business'' was
added as an entity that, together with its affiliates, has average
gross revenues of not more than $15 million for the preceding three
years.\189\ The SBA has approved these small business size standards in
the context of LMDS auctions.\190\ There were 93 winning bidders that
qualified as small entities in the LMDS auctions. A total of 93 small
and very small business bidders won approximately 277 A Block licenses
and 387 B Block licenses. In 1999, the Commission re-auctioned 161
licenses; there were 32 small and very small businesses winning that
won 119 licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\187\ See Rulemaking to Amend Parts 1, 2, 21, 25, of the
Commission's Rules to Redesignate the 27.5-29.5 GHz Frequency Band,
Reallocate the 29.5-30.5 Frequency Band, to Establish Rules and
Policies for Local Multipoint Distribution Service and for Fixed
Satellite Services, CC Docket No. 92-297, Second Report and Order,
Order on Reconsideration, and Fifth Notice of Proposed Rule Making,
12 FCC Rcd 12545, 12689-90, para. 348 (1997) (``LMDS Second Report
and Order'').
\188\ See LMDS Second Report and Order, 12 FCC Rcd at 12689-90,
para. 348.
\189\ See id.
\190\ See Alvarez to Phythyon Letter 1998.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
89. 218-219 MHz Service. The first auction of 218-219 MHz Service
(previously referred to as the Interactive and Video Data Service or
IVDS) licenses resulted in 170 entities winning licenses for 594
Metropolitan Statistical Areas (``MSAs'').\191\ Of the 594 licenses,
557 were won by 167 entities qualifying as a small business. For that
auction, the Commission defined a small business as an entity that,
together with its affiliates, has no more than a $6 million net worth
and, after federal income taxes (excluding any carry over losses), has
no more than $2 million in annual profits each year for the previous
two years.\192\ In the 218-219 MHz Report and Order and Memorandum
Opinion and Order, the Commission revised its small business size
standards for the 218-219 MHz Service and defined a small business as
an entity that, together with its affiliates and persons or entities
that hold interests in such an entity and their affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding three
years.\193\ The Commission defined a ``very small business'' as an
entity that, together with its affiliates and persons or entities that
hold interests in such an entity and its affiliates, has average annual
gross revenues not exceeding $3 million for the preceding three
years.\194\ The SBA has approved these definitions.\195\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\191\ See ``Interactive Video and Data Service (IVDS)
Applications Accepted for Filing,'' Public Notice, 9 FCC Rcd 6227
(1994).
\192\ Implementation of Section 309(j) of the Communications
Act--Competitive Bidding, Fourth Report and Order, 9 FCC Rcd 2330
(1994).
\193\ Amendment of Part 95 of the Commission's Rules to Provide
Regulatory Flexibility in the 218-219 MHz Service, Report and Order
and Memorandum Opinion and Order, 15 FCC Rcd 1497 (1999).
\194\ Id.
\195\ See Alvarez to Phythyon Letter 1998.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
90. Location and Monitoring Service (``LMS''). Multilateration LMS
systems use non-voice radio techniques to determine the location and
status of mobile radio units. For auctions of LMS licenses, the
Commission has defined a ``small business'' as an entity that, together
with controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the preceding three years not exceeding $15 million.\196\
A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual gross revenues
for the preceding three years not exceeding $3 million.\197\ These
definitions have been approved by the SBA.\198\ An auction of LMS
licenses was conducted in 1999. Of the 528 licenses auctioned, 289
licenses were sold to four small businesses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\196\ Amendment of Part 90 of the Commission's Rules to Adopt
Regulations for Automatic Vehicle Monitoring Systems, Second Report
and Order, 13 FCC Rcd 15182, 15192, para. 20 (1998) (``Automatic
Vehicle Monitoring Systems Second Report and Order''); see also 47
CFR 90.1103.
\197\ Automatic Vehicle Monitoring Systems Second Report and
Order, 13 FCC Rcd at 15192, para. 20; see also 47 CFR 90.1103.
\198\ See Alvarez Letter 1998.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
91. Rural Radiotelephone Service. The Commission has not adopted a
size standard for small businesses specific to the Rural Radiotelephone
Service.\199\ A significant subset of the Rural Radiotelephone Service
is the Basic Exchange Telephone Radio System (``BETRS'').\200\ For
purposes of its analysis of the Rural Radiotelephone Service, the
Commission uses the SBA small business size standard for the category
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite),'' which is
1,500 or fewer employees.\201\ Census data for 2007 shows that there
were 1,383 firms that operated that year.\202\ Of those 1,383, 1,368
had fewer than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees.
Thus under this category and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of firms in the Rural Radiotelephone Service can
be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\199\ The service is defined in section 22.99 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR 22.99.
\200\ BETRS is defined in sections 22.757 and 22.759 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR 22.757 and 22.759.
\201\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\202\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
92. Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service.\203\ The Commission has
previously used the SBA's small business definition applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), i.e., an
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons.\204\ There are
approximately 100 licensees in the Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service,
and under that definition, we estimate that almost all of them qualify
as small entities under the SBA definition. For purposes of assigning
Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service licenses through competitive bidding,
the Commission has defined ``small business'' as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual
gross revenues for the preceding three years not exceeding $40
million.\205\ A ``very
[[Page 49767]]
small business'' is defined as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual gross revenues
for the preceding three years not exceeding $15 million.\206\ These
definitions were approved by the SBA.\207\ In 2006, the Commission
completed an auction of nationwide commercial Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service licenses in the 800 MHz band (Auction 65). The auction closed
with two winning bidders winning two Air-Ground Radiotelephone Services
licenses. Neither of the winning bidders claimed small business status.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\203\ The service is defined in section 22.99 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR 22.99.
\204\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS codes 517210.
\205\ Amendment of Part 22 of the Commission's Rules to Benefit
the Consumers of Air-Ground Telecommunications Services, Biennial
Regulatory Review--Amendment of Parts 1, 22, and 90 of the
Commission's Rules, Amendment of Parts 1 and 22 of the Commission's
Rules to Adopt Competitive Bidding Rules for Commercial and General
Aviation Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service, WT Docket Nos. 03-103
and 05-42, Order on Reconsideration and Report and Order, 20 FCC Rcd
19663, paras. 28-42 (2005).
\206\ Id.
\207\ See Letter from Hector V. Barreto, Administrator, SBA, to
Gary D. Michaels, Deputy Chief, Auctions and Spectrum Access
Division, WTB, FCC (Sept. 19, 2005).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
93. Aviation and Marine Radio Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use a very high frequency (``VHF'')
marine or aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an emergency position-
indicating radio beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency locator
transmitter. The Commission has not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these small businesses. For
purposes of this analysis, the Commission uses the SBA small business
size standard for the category Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except satellite),'' which is 1,500 or fewer employees.\208\ Census
data for 2007 shows that there were 1,383 firms that operated that
year.\209\ Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100 employees, and 15
firms had more than 100 employees. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of firms can be
considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\208\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\209\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
94. Offshore Radiotelephone Service. This service operates on
several UHF television broadcast channels that are not used for
television broadcasting in the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico.\210\ There are presently approximately 55 licensees in
this service. The Commission is unable to estimate at this time the
number of licensees that would qualify as small under the SBA's small
business size standard for the category of Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). Under that standard.\211\ Under that SBA
small business size standard, a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees.\212\ Census data for 2007 shows that there were 1,383
firms that operated that year.\213\ Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer
than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees. Thus
under this category and the associated small business size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\210\ This service is governed by subpart I of part 22 of the
Commission's rules. See 47 CFR 22.1001-22.1037.
\211\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\212\ Id.
\213\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
95. Multiple Address Systems (``MAS''). Entities using MAS
spectrum, in general, fall into two categories: (1) those using the
spectrum for profit-based uses, and (2) those using the spectrum for
private internal uses. The Commission defines a small business for MAS
licenses as an entity that has average gross revenues of less than $15
million in the preceding three years.\214\ A very small business is
defined as an entity that, together with its affiliates, has average
gross revenues of not more than $3 million for the preceding three
years.\215\ The SBA has approved these definitions.\216\ The majority
of these entities will most likely be licensed in bands where the
Commission has implemented a geographic area licensing approach that
would require the use of competitive bidding procedures to resolve
mutually exclusive applications. The Commission's licensing database
indicates that, as of March 5, 2010, there were over 11,500 MAS station
authorizations. In 2001, an auction of 5,104 MAS licenses in 176 EAs
was conducted.\217\ Seven winning bidders claimed status as small or
very small businesses and won 611 licenses. In 2005, the Commission
completed an auction (Auction 59) of 4,226 MAS licenses in the Fixed
Microwave Services from the 928/959 and 932/941 MHz bands. Twenty-six
winning bidders won a total of 2,323 licenses. Of the 26 winning
bidders in this auction, five claimed small business status and won
1,891 licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\214\ See Amendment of the Commission's Rules Regarding Multiple
Address Systems, Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd 11956, 12008, para.
123 (2000).
\215\ Id.
\216\ See Alvarez Letter 1999.
\217\ See ``Multiple Address Systems Spectrum Auction Closes,''
Public Notice, 16 FCC Rcd 21011 (2001).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
96. With respect to entities that use, or seek to use, MAS spectrum
to accommodate internal communications needs, we note that MAS serves
an essential role in a range of industrial, safety, business, and land
transportation activities. MAS radios are used by companies of all
sizes, operating in virtually all U.S. business categories, and by all
types of public safety entities. For the majority of private internal
users, the small business size standard developed by the SBA would be
more appropriate. The applicable size standard in this instance appears
to be that of Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite).
This definition provides that a small entity is any such entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.\218\ The Commission's licensing
database indicates that, as of January 20, 1999, of the 8,670 total MAS
station authorizations, 8,410 authorizations were for private radio
service, and of these, 1,433 were for private land mobile radio
service.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\218\ See 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
97. 1.4 GHz Band Licensees. The Commission conducted an auction of
64 1.4 GHz band licenses in the paired 1392-1395 MHz and 1432-1435 MHz
bands, and in the unpaired 1390-1392 MHz band in 2007.\219\ For these
licenses, the Commission defined ``small business'' as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling interests, had average
gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding three years,
and a ``very small business'' as an entity that, together with its
affiliates and controlling interests, has had average annual gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding three years.\220\
Neither of the two winning bidders claimed small business status.\221\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\219\ See ``Auction of 1.4 GHz Band Licenses Scheduled for
February 7, 2007,'' Public Notice, 21 FCC Rcd 12393 (WTB 2006);
``Auction of 1.4 GHz Band Licenses Closes; Winning Bidders Announced
for Auction No. 69,'' Public Notice, 22 FCC Rcd 4714 (2007)
(``Auction No. 69 Closing PN'').
\220\ Auction No. 69 Closing PN, Attachment C.
\221\ See Auction No. 69 Closing PN.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
98. Incumbent 24 GHz Licensees. This analysis may affect incumbent
licensees who were relocated to the 24 GHz band from the 18 GHz band,
and applicants who wish to provide services in the 24 GHz band. For
this service, the Commission uses the SBA small business size standard
for the category ``Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
satellite),'' which is 1,500 or fewer employees.\222\ To gauge small
business prevalence for these cable services we must, however, use the
most
[[Page 49768]]
current census data. Census data for 2007 shows that there were 1,383
firms that operated that year.\223\ Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer
than 100 employees, and 15 firms had more than 100 employees. Thus
under this category and the associated small business size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered small. The Commission notes
that the Census' use of the classifications ``firms'' does not track
the number of ``licenses''. The Commission believes that there are only
two licensees in the 24 GHz band that were relocated from the 18 GHz
band, Teligent \224\ and TRW, Inc. It is our understanding that
Teligent and its related companies have less than 1,500 employees,
though this may change in the future. TRW is not a small entity. Thus,
only one incumbent licensee in the 24 GHz band is a small business
entity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\222\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\223\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (rel. Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\224\ Teligent acquired the DEMS licenses of FirstMark, the only
licensee other than TRW in the 24 GHz band whose license has been
modified to require relocation to the 24 GHz band.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
99. Future 24 GHz Licensees. With respect to new applicants for
licenses in the 24 GHz band, for the purpose of determining eligibility
for bidding credits, the Commission established three small business
definitions. An ``entrepreneur'' is defined as an entity that, together
with controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the three preceding years not exceeding $40 million.\225\
A ``small business'' is defined as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual gross revenues
for the three preceding years not exceeding $15 million.\226\ A ``very
small business'' in the 24 GHz band is defined as an entity that,
together with controlling interests and affiliates, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $3 million for the preceding three years.\227\
The SBA has approved these small business size standards.\228\ In a
2004 auction of 24 GHz licenses, three winning bidders won seven
licenses.\229\ Two of the winning bidders were very small businesses
that won five licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\225\ Amendments to Parts 1, 2, 87 and 101 of the Commission's
Rules To License Fixed Services at 24 GHz, Report and Order, 15 FCC
Rcd 16934, 16967 para 77 (2000) (``24 GHz Report and Order''); see
also 47 CFR 101.538(a)(3).
\226\ 24 GHz Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at 16967 para. 77; see
also 47 CFR 101.538(a)(2).
\227\ 24 GHz Report and Order, 15 FCC Rcd at 16967 para. 77; see
also 47 CFR 101.538(a)(1).
\228\ See Letter to Margaret W. Wiener, Deputy Chief, Auctions
and Industry Analysis Division, Wireless Telecommunications Bureau,
FCC, from Gary M. Jackson, Assistant Administrator, SBA (July 28,
2000).
\229\ Auction of 24 GHz Service Spectrum Auction Closes, Winning
Bidders Announced for Auction 56, Down Payments Due August 16, 2004,
Final Payments Due August 30, 2004, Ten-Day Petition to Deny Period,
Public Notice, 19 FCC Rcd 14738 (2004).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
100. Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems, previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (``MDS'') and Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (``MMDS'') systems, and ``wireless cable,'' transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide two-way high speed data
operations using the microwave frequencies of the Broadband Radio
Service (``BRS'') and Educational Broadband Service (``EBS'')
(previously referred to as the Instructional Television Fixed Service
(``ITFS'').\230\ In connection with the 1996 BRS auction, the
Commission established a small business size standard as an entity that
had annual average gross revenues of no more than $40 million in the
previous three years.\231\ The BRS auctions resulted in 67 successful
bidders obtaining licensing opportunities for 493 Basic Trading Areas
(``BTAs''). Of the 67 auction winners, 61 met the definition of a small
business. BRS also includes licensees of stations authorized prior to
the auction. At this time, we estimate that of the 61 small business
BRS auction winners, 48 remain small business licensees. In addition to
the 48 small businesses that hold BTA authorizations, there are
approximately 392 incumbent BRS licensees that are considered small
entities.\232\ After adding the number of small business auction
licensees to the number of incumbent licensees not already counted, we
find that there are currently approximately 440 BRS licensees that are
defined as small businesses under either the SBA or the Commission's
rules. In 2009, the Commission conducted Auction 86, the sale of 78
licenses in the BRS areas.\233\ The Commission offered three levels of
bidding credits: (i) A bidder with attributed average annual gross
revenues that exceed $15 million and do not exceed $40 million for the
preceding three years (small business) will receive a 15 percent
discount on its winning bid; (ii) a bidder with attributed average
annual gross revenues that exceed $3 million and do not exceed $15
million for the preceding three years (very small business) will
receive a 25 percent discount on its winning bid; and (iii) a bidder
with attributed average annual gross revenues that do not exceed $3
million for the preceding three years (entrepreneur) will receive a 35
percent discount on its winning bid.\234\ Auction 86 concluded in 2009
with the sale of 61 licenses.\235\ Of the ten winning bidders, two
bidders that claimed small business status won 4 licenses; one bidder
that claimed very small business status won three licenses; and two
bidders that claimed entrepreneur status won six licenses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\230\ Amendment of Parts 21 and 74 of the Commission's Rules
with Regard to Filing Procedures in the Multipoint Distribution
Service and in the Instructional Television Fixed Service and
Implementation of Section 309(j) of the Communications Act--
Competitive Bidding, MM Docket No. 94-131, PP Docket No. 93-253,
Report and Order, 10 FCC Rcd 9589, 9593 para. 7 (1995).
\231\ 47 CFR 21.961(b)(1).
\232\ 47 U.S.C. 309(j). Hundreds of stations were licensed to
incumbent MDS licensees prior to implementation of Section 309(j) of
the Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. 309(j). For these pre-
auction licenses, the applicable standard is SBA's small business
size standard of 1500 or fewer employees.
\233\ Auction of Broadband Radio Service (BRS) Licenses,
Scheduled for October 27, 2009, Notice and Filing Requirements,
Minimum Opening Bids, Upfront Payments, and Other Procedures for
Auction 86, Public Notice, 24 FCC Rcd 8277 (2009).
\234\ Id. at 8296.
\235\ Auction of Broadband Radio Service Licenses Closes,
Winning Bidders Announced for Auction 86, Down Payments Due November
23, 2009, Final Payments Due December 8, 2009, Ten-Day Petition to
Deny Period, Public Notice, 24 FCC Rcd 13572 (2009).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
101. In addition, the SBA's Cable Television Distribution Services
small business size standard is applicable to EBS. There are presently
2,032 EBS licensees. All but 100 of these licenses are held by
educational institutions. Educational institutions are included in this
analysis as small entities.\236\ Thus, we estimate that at least 1,932
licensees are small businesses. Since 2007, Cable Television
Distribution Services have been defined within the broad economic
census category of Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that category is
defined as follows: ``This industry comprises establishments primarily
engaged in operating and/or providing access to transmission facilities
and infrastructure that they own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using wired telecommunications
networks. Transmission facilities may be based on a single technology
or a combination of
[[Page 49769]]
technologies.'' \237\ For these services, the Commission uses the SBA
small business size standard for the category ``Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite),'' which is 1,500 or
fewer employees.\238\ To gauge small business prevalence for these
cable services we must, however, use the most current census data.
According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there were a total of 955
firms in this previous category that operated for the entire year.\239\
Of this total, 939 firms employed 999 or fewer employees, and 16 firms
employed 1,000 employees or more.\240\ Thus, the majority of these
firms can be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\236\ The term ``small entity'' within SBREFA applies to small
organizations (nonprofits) and to small governmental jurisdictions
(cities, counties, towns, townships, villages, school districts, and
special districts with populations of less than 50,000). 5 U.S.C.
601(4)-(6). We do not collect annual revenue data on EBS licensees.
\237\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, 517110 Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, (partial definition), www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517110.HTM#N517110.
\238\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517210.
\239\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Subject Series:
Information, Table 5, Employment Size of Firms for the United
States: 2007, NAICS code 5171102 (issued November 2010).
\240\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
102. Television Broadcasting. This Economic Census category
``comprises establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting images
together with sound. These establishments operate television
broadcasting studios and facilities for the programming and
transmission of programs to the public.'' \241\ The SBA has created the
following small business size standard for Television Broadcasting
firms: those having $14 million or less in annual receipts.\242\ The
Commission has estimated the number of licensed commercial television
stations to be 1,387.\243\ In addition, according to Commission staff
review of the BIA Advisory Services, LLC's Media Access Pro Television
Database on March 28, 2012, about 950 of an estimated 1,300 commercial
television stations (or approximately 73 percent) had revenues of $14
million or less.\244\ We therefore estimate that the majority of
commercial television broadcasters are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\241\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, ``515120
Television Broadcasting'' (partial definition); https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND515120.HTM#N515120.
\242\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 515120 (updated for inflation
in 2010).
\243\ See FCC News Release, ``Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2011,'' dated January 6, 2012; https://hraunfoss.fcc.gov/edocs_public/attachmatch/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
\244\ We recognize that BIA's estimate differs slightly from the
FCC total given supra.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
103. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above definition, business (control)
affiliations \245\ must be included. Our estimate, therefore, likely
overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our
action because the revenue figure on which it is based does not include
or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies. In addition, an
element of the definition of ``small business'' is that the entity not
be dominant in its field of operation. We are unable at this time to
define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific
television station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly,
the estimate of small businesses to which rules may apply does not
exclude any television station from the definition of a small business
on this basis and is therefore possibly over-inclusive to that extent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\245\ ``[Business concerns] are affiliates of each other when
one concern controls or has the power to control the other or a
third party or parties controls or has to power to control both.''
13 CFR 21.103(a)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
104. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of
licensed noncommercial educational (NCE) television stations to be
396.\246\ These stations are non-profit, and therefore considered to be
small entities.\247\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\246\ See FCC News Release, ``Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2011,'' dated January 6, 2012; https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2012/db0106/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
\247\ See generally 5 U.S.C. 601(4), (6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
105. In addition, there are also 2,528 low power television
stations, including Class A stations (LPTV).\248\ Given the nature of
these services, we will presume that all LPTV licensees qualify as
small entities under the above SBA small business size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\248\ See FCC News Release, ``Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2011,'' dated January 6, 2012; https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2012/db0106/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
106. Radio Broadcasting. This Economic Census category ``comprises
establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting aural programs by
radio to the public. Programming may originate in their own studio,
from an affiliated network, or from external sources.'' \249\ The SBA
has established a small business size standard for this category, which
is: such firms having $7 million or less in annual receipts.\250\
According to Commission staff review of BIA Advisory Services, LLC's
Media Access Pro Radio Database on March 28, 2012, about 10,759 (97%)
of 11,102 commercial radio stations had revenues of $7 million or less.
Therefore, the majority of such entities are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\249\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, ``515112 Radio
Stations''; https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND515112.HTM#N515112.
\250\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 515112 (updated for inflation
in 2010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
107. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern
qualifies as small under the above size standard, business affiliations
must be included.\251\ In addition, to be determined to be a ``small
business,'' the entity may not be dominant in its field of
operation.\252\ We note that it is difficult at times to assess these
criteria in the context of media entities, and our estimate of small
businesses may therefore be over-inclusive.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\251\ ``Concerns and entities are affiliates of each other when
one controls or has the power to control the other, or a third party
or parties controls or has the power to control both. It does not
matter whether control is exercised, so long as the power to control
exists.'' 13 CFR 121.103(a)(1) (an SBA regulation).
\252\ 13 CFR 121.102(b) (an SBA regulation).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
108. Auxiliary, Special Broadcast and Other Program Distribution
Services. This service involves a variety of transmitters, generally
used to relay broadcast programming to the public (through translator
and booster stations) or within the program distribution chain (from a
remote news gathering unit back to the station). The Commission has not
developed a definition of small entities applicable to broadcast
auxiliary licensees. The applicable definitions of small entities are
those, noted previously, under the SBA rules applicable to radio
broadcasting stations and television broadcasting stations.\253\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\253\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS codes 515112 and 515120.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
109. The Commission estimates that there are approximately 6,099 FM
translators and boosters.\254\ The Commission does not collect
financial information on any broadcast facility, and the Department of
Commerce does not collect financial information on these auxiliary
broadcast facilities. We believe that most, if not all, of these
auxiliary facilities could be classified as small businesses by
themselves. We also recognize that most commercial translators and
boosters are owned by a parent station which, in some cases, would be
covered by the revenue definition of small business entity discussed
above. These stations would likely have annual revenues that exceed the
SBA maximum to be designated as a small business ($7.0 million for a
radio station or $14.0 million for a TV station). Furthermore, they do
not meet the Small Business Act's definition of a ``small business
concern'' because they are not independently owned and operated.\255\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\254\ See FCC News Release, ``Broadcast Station Totals as of
December 31, 2011,'' dated January 6, 2012; https://transition.fcc.gov/Daily_Releases/Daily_Business/2012/db0106/DOC-311837A1.pdf.
\255\ See 15 U.S.C. 632.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
110. Cable Television Distribution Services. Since 2007, these
services have been defined within the broad
[[Page 49770]]
economic census category of Wired Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ``This industry comprises
establishments primarily engaged in operating and/or providing access
to transmission facilities and infrastructure that they own and/or
lease for the transmission of voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks. Transmission facilities may be based
on a single technology or a combination of technologies.'' \256\ The
SBA has developed a small business size standard for this category,
which is: all such firms having 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data
for 2007 shows that there were 1,383 firms that operated that
year.\257\ Of those 1,383, 1,368 had fewer than 100 employees, and 15
firms had more than 100 employees. Thus under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of such firms can
be considered small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\256\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, 517110 Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, (partial definition), https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517110.HTM#N517110 (last visited
Oct. 21, 2009).
\257\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Sector 51, 2007
NAICS code 517210 (released Oct. 20, 2009), https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-_skip=700&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
111. Cable Companies and Systems. The Commission has also developed
its own small business size standards, for the purpose of cable rate
regulation. Under the Commission's rules, a ``small cable company'' is
one serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers, nationwide.\258\ Industry
data indicate that, of 1,076 cable operators nationwide, all but eleven
are small under this size standard.\259\ In addition, under the
Commission's rules, a ``small system'' is a cable system serving 15,000
or fewer subscribers.\260\ Industry data indicate that, of 6,635
systems nationwide, 5,802 systems have under 10,000 subscribers, and an
additional 302 systems have 10,000-19,999 subscribers.\261\ Thus, under
this second size standard, most cable systems are small.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\258\ 47 CFR 76.901(e). The Commission determined that this size
standard equates approximately to a size standard of $100 million or
less in annual revenues. Implementation of Sections of the 1992
Cable Act: Rate Regulation, Sixth Report and Order and Eleventh
Order on Reconsideration, 10 FCC Rcd 7393, 7408 (1995).
\259\ These data are derived from: R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting &
Cable Yearbook 2006, ``Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,'' pages A-8
& C-2 (data current as of June 30, 2005); Warren Communications
News, Television & Cable Factbook 2006, ``Ownership of Cable Systems
in the United States,'' pages D-1805 to D-1857.
\260\ 47 CFR 76.901(c).
\261\ Warren Communications News, Television & Cable Factbook
2008, ``U.S. Cable Systems by Subscriber Size,'' page F-2 (data
current as of Oct. 2007). The data do not include 851 systems for
which classifying data were not available.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
112. Cable System Operators. The Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard for small cable system
operators, which is ``a cable operator that, directly or through an
affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated with any entity
or entities whose gross annual revenues in the aggregate exceed
$250,000,000.'' \262\ The Commission has determined that an operator
serving fewer than 677,000 subscribers shall be deemed a small
operator, if its annual revenues, when combined with the total annual
revenues of all its affiliates, do not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate.\263\ Industry data indicate that, of 1,076 cable operators
nationwide, all but ten are small under this size standard.\264\ We
note that the Commission neither requests nor collects information on
whether cable system operators are affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250 million,\265\ and therefore we are unable
to estimate more accurately the number of cable system operators that
would qualify as small under this size standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\262\ 47 U.S.C. 543(m)(2); see 47 CFR 76.901(f) & nn. 1-3.
\263\ 47 CFR 76.901(f); see Public Notice, FCC Announces New
Subscriber Count for the Definition of Small Cable Operator, DA 01-
158 (Cable Services Bureau, Jan. 24, 2001).
\264\ These data are derived from: R.R. Bowker, Broadcasting &
Cable Yearbook 2006, ``Top 25 Cable/Satellite Operators,'' pages A-8
& C-2 (data current as of June 30, 2005); Warren Communications
News, Television & Cable Factbook 2006, ``Ownership of Cable Systems
in the United States,'' pages D-1805 to D-1857.
\265\ The Commission does receive such information on a case-by-
case basis if a cable operator appeals a local franchise authority's
finding that the operator does not qualify as a small cable operator
pursuant to section 76.901(f) of the Commission's rules. See 47 CFR
76.909(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
113. Open Video Systems. Open Video Service (OVS) systems provide
subscription services.\266\ The open video system (``OVS'') framework
was established in 1996, and is one of four statutorily recognized
options for the provision of video programming services by local
exchange carriers.\267\ The OVS framework provides opportunities for
the distribution of video programming other than through cable systems.
Because OVS operators provide subscription services,\268\ OVS falls
within the SBA small business size standard covering cable services,
which is ``Wired Telecommunications Carriers.'' \269\ The SBA has
developed a small business size standard for this category, which is:
all such firms having 1,500 or fewer employees. To gauge small business
prevalence for the OVS service, the Commission relies on data currently
available from the U.S. Census for the year 2007. According to that
source, there were 3,188 firms that in 2007 were Wired
Telecommunications Carriers. Of these, 3,144 operated with less than
1,000 employees, and 44 operated with more than 1,000 employees.
However, as to the latter 44 there is no data available that shows how
many operated with more than 1,500 employees. Based on this data, the
majority of these firms can be considered small.\270\ In addition, we
note that the Commission has certified some OVS operators, with some
now providing service.\271\ Broadband service providers (``BSPs'') are
currently the only significant holders of OVS certifications or local
OVS franchises.\272\ The Commission does not have financial or
employment information regarding the entities authorized to provide
OVS, some of which may not yet be operational. Thus, at least some of
the OVS operators may qualify as small entities. The Commission further
notes that it has certified approximately 45 OVS operators to serve 75
areas, and some of these are currently providing service.\273\
Affiliates of Residential Communications Network, Inc. (RCN) received
approval to operate OVS systems in New York City, Boston, Washington,
DC, and other areas. RCN has sufficient revenues to assure that they do
not qualify as a small business entity. Little financial information is
available for the other entities that are authorized to provide OVS and
are not yet operational. Given that some entities authorized to provide
OVS service have not yet begun to generate revenues, the Commission
concludes that up to 44 OVS operators (those remaining) might qualify
as small businesses that may be
[[Page 49771]]
affected by the rules and policies adopted herein.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\266\ See 47 U.S.C. 573.
\267\ 47 U.S.C. 571(a)(3)-(4). See 13th Annual Report, 24 FCC
Rcd at 606, para. 135.
\268\ See 47 U.S.C. 573.
\269\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, 517110 Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517110.HTM#N517110.
\270\ See https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-fds_name=EC0700A1&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\271\ A list of OVS certifications may be found at https://www.fcc.gov/mb/ovs/csovscer.html.
\272\ See 13th Annual Report, 24 FCC Rcd at 606-07 para. 135.
BSPs are newer firms that are building state-of-the-art, facilities-
based networks to provide video, voice, and data services over a
single network.
\273\ See https://www.fcc.gov/mb/ovs/csovscer.html (current as of
February 2007).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
114. Cable Television Relay Service. The industry in which Cable
Television Relay Services operate comprises establishments primarily
engaged in operating and/or providing access to transmission facilities
and infrastructure that they own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using wired telecommunications
networks. Transmission facilities may be based on a single technology
or a combination of technologies. Establishments in this industry use
the wired telecommunications network facilities that they operate to
provide a variety of services, such as wired telephony services,
including VoIP services; wired (cable) audio and video programming
distribution; and wired broadband Internet services. By exception,
establishments providing satellite television distribution services
using facilities and infrastructure that they operate are included in
this industry.\274\ The category designated by the SBA for this
industry is ``Wired Telecommunications Carriers.'' \275\ The SBA has
developed a small business size standard for this category, which is:
all such firms having 1,500 or fewer employees. According to Census
Bureau data for 2007, Census data for 2007 shows 3,188 firms in this
category.\276\ Of these 3,188 firms, only 44 had 1,000 or more
employees. While we could not find precise Census data on the number of
firms with in the group with 1,500 or fewer employees, it is clear that
at least 3,144 firms with fewer than 1,000 employees would be in that
group. On this basis, the Commission estimates that a substantial
majority of the providers of interconnected VoIP, non-interconnected
VoIP, or both in this category, are small.\277\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\274\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, ``517110 Wired
Telecommunications Carriers'' (partial definition); https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517110.HTM#N517110.
\275\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
\276\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=600&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
\277\ Id. As noted in para. 18 above with regard to the
distinction between manufacturers of equipment used to provide
interconnected VoIP and manufactures of equipment to provide non-
interconnected VoIP, our estimates of the number of providers of
non-interconnected VoIP (and the number of small entities within
that group) are likely overstated because we could not draw in the
data a distinction between such providers and those that provide
interconnected VoIP. However, in the absence of more accurate data,
we present these figures to provide as thorough an analysis of the
impact on small entities as we can at this time.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
115. Multichannel Video Distribution and Data Service. MVDDS is a
terrestrial fixed microwave service operating in the 12.2-12.7 GHz
band. The Commission adopted criteria for defining three groups of
small businesses for purposes of determining their eligibility for
special provisions such as bidding credits. It defines a very small
business as an entity with average annual gross revenues not exceeding
$3 million for the preceding three years; a small business as an entity
with average annual gross revenues not exceeding $15 million for the
preceding three years; and an entrepreneur as an entity with average
annual gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding three
years.\278\ These definitions were approved by the SBA.\279\ On January
27, 2004, the Commission completed an auction of 214 MVDDS licenses
(Auction No. 53). In this auction, ten winning bidders won a total of
192 MVDDS licenses.\280\ Eight of the ten winning bidders claimed small
business status and won 144 of the licenses. The Commission also held
an auction of MVDDS licenses on December 7, 2005 (Auction 63). Of the
three winning bidders who won 22 licenses, two winning bidders, winning
21 of the licenses, claimed small business status.\281\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\278\ Amendment of Parts 2 and 25 of the Commission's Rules to
Permit Operation of NGSO FSS Systems Co-Frequency with GSO and
Terrestrial Systems in the Ku-Band Frequency Range; Amendment of the
Commission's Rules to Authorize Subsidiary Terrestrial Use of the
12.2-12.7 GHz Band by Direct Broadcast Satellite Licenses and their
Affiliates; and Applications of Broadwave USA, PDC Broadband
Corporation, and Satellite Receivers, Ltd. to provide A Fixed
Service in the 12.2-12.7 GHz Band, ET Docket No. 98-206, Memorandum
Opinion and Order and Second Report and Order, 17 FCC Rcd 9614,
9711, para. 252 (2002).
\279\ See Letter from Hector V. Barreto, Administrator, U.S.
Small Business Administration, to Margaret W. Wiener, Chief,
Auctions and Industry Analysis Division, WTB, FCC (Feb.13, 2002).
\280\ See ``Multichannel Video Distribution and Data Service
Auction Closes,'' Public Notice, 19 FCC Rcd 1834 (2004).
\281\ See ``Auction of Multichannel Video Distribution and Data
Service Licenses Closes; Winning Bidders Announced for Auction No.
63,'' Public Notice, 20 FCC Rcd 19807 (2005).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
116. Amateur Radio Service. These licensees are held by individuals
in a noncommercial capacity; these licensees are not small entities.
117. Personal Radio Services. Personal radio services provide
short-range, low power radio for personal communications, radio
signaling, and business communications not provided for in other
services. The Personal Radio Services include spectrum licensed under
Part 95 of our rules.\282\ These services include Citizen Band Radio
Service (``CB''), General Mobile Radio Service (``GMRS''), Radio
Control Radio Service (``R/C''), Family Radio Service (``FRS''),
Wireless Medical Telemetry Service (``WMTS''), Medical Implant
Communications Service (``MICS''), Low Power Radio Service (``LPRS''),
and Multi-Use Radio Service (``MURS'').\283\ There are a variety of
methods used to license the spectrum in these rule parts, from
licensing by rule, to conditioning operation on successful completion
of a required test, to site-based licensing, to geographic area
licensing. Under the RFA, the Commission is required to make a
determination of which small entities are directly affected by the
rules being proposed. Since all such entities are wireless, we apply
the definition of Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite), pursuant to which a small entity is defined as employing
1,500 or fewer persons.\284\ Many of the licensees in these services
are individuals, and thus are not small entities. In addition, due to
the mostly unlicensed and shared nature of the spectrum utilized in
many of these services, the Commission lacks direct information upon
which to base an estimation of the number of small entities under an
SBA definition that might be directly affected by our action.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\282\ 47 CFR part 90.
\283\ The Citizens Band Radio Service, General Mobile Radio
Service, Radio Control Radio Service, Family Radio Service, Wireless
Medical Telemetry Service, Medical Implant Communications Service,
Low Power Radio Service, and Multi-Use Radio Service are governed by
subpart D, subpart A, subpart C, subpart B, subpart H, subpart I,
subpart G, and subpart J, respectively, of part 95 of the
Commission's rules. See generally 47 CFR part 95.
\284\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS Code 517210.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
118. Public Safety Radio Services. Public Safety radio services
include police, fire, local government, forestry conservation, highway
maintenance, and emergency medical services.\285\
[[Page 49772]]
There are a total of approximately 127,540 licensees in these services.
Governmental entities \286\ as well as private businesses comprise the
licensees for these services. All governmental entities with
populations of less than 50,000 fall within the definition of a small
entity.\287\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\285\ With the exception of the special emergency service, these
services are governed by subpart B of part 90 of the Commission's
rules, 47 CFR 90.15-90.27. The police service includes approximately
27,000 licensees that serve state, county, and municipal enforcement
through telephony (voice), telegraphy (code) and teletype and
facsimile (printed material). The fire radio service includes
approximately 23,000 licensees comprised of private volunteer or
professional fire companies as well as units under governmental
control. The local government service is presently comprised of
approximately 41,000 licensees that are state, county, or municipal
entities that use the radio for official purposes not covered by
other public safety services. There are approximately 7,000
licensees within the forestry service which is comprised of
licensees from state departments of conservation and private forest
organizations who set up communications networks among fire lookout
towers and ground crews. The approximately 9,000 state and local
governments are licensed for highway maintenance service to provide
emergency and routine communications to aid other public safety
services to keep main roads safe for vehicular traffic. The
approximately 1,000 licensees in the Emergency Medical Radio Service
(``EMRS'') use the 39 channels allocated to this service for
emergency medical service communications related to the delivery of
emergency medical treatment. 47 CFR 90.15-90.27. The approximately
20,000 licensees in the special emergency service include medical
services, rescue organizations, veterinarians, handicapped persons,
disaster relief organizations, school buses, beach patrols,
establishments in isolated areas, communications standby facilities,
and emergency repair of public communications facilities. 47 CFR
90.33-90.55.
\286\ 47 CFR 1.1162.
\287\ 5 U.S.C. 601(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
119. Internet Service Providers. Internet Service Providers, Web
Portals and Other Information Services. In 2007, the SBA recognized two
new small business economic census categories. They are (1) Internet
Publishing and Broadcasting and Web Search Portals,\288\ and (2) All
Other Information Services.\289\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\288\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 519130 (establishing a $500,000
revenue ceiling).
\289\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 519190 (establishing a $6.5
million revenue ceiling).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
120. Internet Service Providers. The 2007 Economic Census places
these firms, whose services might include voice over Internet protocol
(VoIP), in either of two categories, depending on whether the service
is provided over the provider's own telecommunications facilities
(e.g., cable and DSL ISPs), or over client-supplied telecommunications
connections (e.g., dial-up ISPs). The former are within the category of
Wired Telecommunications Carriers,\290\ which has an SBA small business
size standard of 1,500 or fewer employees.\291\ These are also labeled
``broadband.'' The latter are within the category of All Other
Telecommunications,\292\ which has a size standard of annual receipts
of $25 million or less.\293\ These are labeled non-broadband.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\290\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, 517110 Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517110.HTM#N517110.
\291\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517110.
\292\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 NAICS Definitions, ``517919 All
Other Telecommunications,'' https://www.census.gov/naics/2007/def/ND517919.HTM#N517919.
\293\ 13 CFR 121.201, NAICS code 517919 (updated for inflation
in 2008).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
121. The most current Economic Census data for all such firms are
2007 data, which are detailed specifically for ISPs within the
categories above. For the first category, the data show that 396 firms
operated for the entire year, of which 159 had nine or fewer
employees.\294\ For the second category, the data show that 1,682 firms
operated for the entire year.\295\ Of those, 1,675 had annual receipts
below $25 million per year, and an additional two had receipts of
between $25 million and $ 49,999,999. Consequently, we estimate that
the majority of ISP firms are small entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\294\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Subject Series:
Information, ``Establishment and Firm Size,'' NAICS code 5171103
(rel. Nov. 19, 2010) (employment size). The data show only two
categories within the whole: the categories for 1-4 employees and
for 5-9 employees.
\295\ U.S. Census Bureau, 2007 Economic Census, Subject Series:
Information, ``Establishment and Firm Size,'' NAICS code 5179191
(rel. Nov. 19, 2010) (receipts size).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
122. Internet Publishing and Broadcasting and Web Search Portals.
This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in 1)
publishing and/or broadcasting content on the Internet exclusively or
2) operating Web sites that use a search engine to generate and
maintain extensive databases of Internet addresses and content in an
easily searchable format (and known as Web search portals). The
publishing and broadcasting establishments in this industry do not
provide traditional (non-Internet) versions of the content that they
publish or broadcast. They provide textual, audio, and/or video content
of general or specific interest on the Internet exclusively.
Establishments known as Web search portals often provide additional
Internet services, such as email, connections to other web sites,
auctions, news, and other limited content, and serve as a home base for
Internet users. \296\ The SBA deems businesses in this industry with
500 or fewer employees small.\297\ According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were 2,705 firms that provided one or more of these
services for that entire year. Of these, 2,682 operated with less than
500 employees and 13 operated with to 999 employees.\298\ Consequently,
we estimate the majority of these firms are small entities that may be
affected by our proposed actions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\296\ https://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/sssd/naics/naicsrch?code=519130&search=2007%20NAICS%20Search
\297\ https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/Size_Standards_Table.pdf.
\298\ https://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/IBQTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=&-_skip=1000&-ds_name=EC0751SSSZ5&-_lang=en.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
IV. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other
Compliance Requirements:
123. This Notice of Proposed Rulemaking does not propose any
changes to the Commission's current compliance rules, but may include
possible proposed information collection, reporting, and recordkeeping
requirements.
V. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered
124. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant
alternatives that it has considered in reaching its approach, which may
include the following four alternatives, among others: (1) The
establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or
timetables that take into account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities;
(3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an
exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small
entities.\299\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\299\ 5 U.S.C. 603.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
125. In Section I of this NPRM, we seek comment on whether and how
the Commission should adjust the revised cost allocation percentages
that would otherwise result from using updated FTE data and
implementing the new cost allocation proposals.
126. In particular, as stated supra in Section I, our concern with
minimizing any adverse economic impact of our proposed rules on small
entities is guided by our goals of fairness, administrability, and
sustainability. Accordingly, we believe that adjustments to fees paid
by fee payors should be consistent with those goals. Specifically, we
intend to mitigate any inequities that might result from imposition of
substantial fee increases.
127. In keeping with the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility
Act, we have considered certain alternative means of mitigating the
effects of fee increases to a particular industry segment. One option
is to make all or most fee adjustments at one time. Another option is
to provide interim adjustments, by phasing in the new fees over a
period of time.
128. On the issue of revisiting the allocation resulting from this
rulemaking, the Commission is considering undertaking this
reexamination at regular intervals. Alternatively, such reexamination
could be undertaken in response to comments by fee payors in the annual
regulatory fee collection NPRM. Regardless of the method chosen, one
underlying concern we have is to mitigate any adverse economic impact
on small service providers who are likely least able to
[[Page 49773]]
absorb unpredictable changes in fees from year to year.
129. In light of our stated goals, the Commission seeks comment on
the abovementioned, and any other, means and methods that would
minimize any significant economic impact of our proposed rules on small
entities.
VII. Federal Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the
Proposed Rules
130. None.
VI. Ordering Clauses
41. Accordingly, it is ordered that, pursuant to Sections 4(i) and
(j), 9, and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i), 154(j), 159, and 303(r), this Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking is hereby adopted.
42. It is further ordered that the Commission's Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a
copy of this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, including the Initial
Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of
the U.S. Small Business Administration.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2012-20203 Filed 8-16-12; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P